Service Manual
iPF8000 series
iPF8000
Oct 3 2006
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Application
This manual has been issued by Canon Inc. for qualified persons to learn technical theory, installation, maintenance, and repair
of products. This manual covers all localities where the products are sold. For this reason, there may be information in this
manual that does not apply to your locality.
Corrections
This manual may contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors due to improvements or changes in products. When
changes occur in applicable products or in the contents of this manual, Canon will release technical information as the need
arises. In the event of major changes in the contents of this manual over a long or short period, Canon will issue a new edition
of this manual.
The following paragraph does not apply to any countries where such provisions are inconsistent with local law.
Trademarks
The product names and company names used in this manual are the registered trademarks of the individual companies.
Copyright
This manual is copyrighted with all rights reserved. Under the copyright laws, this manual may not be copied, reproduced or
translated into another language, in whole or in part, without the written consent of Canon Inc.
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC.
Printed in Japan
Caution
Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid disclosure of confidential information.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
Symbols Used
This documentation uses the following symbols to indicate special information:
Symbol
Description
Indicates an item of a non-specific nature, possibly classified as Note, Caution, or Warning.
Indicates an item requiring care to avoid electric shocks.
Indicates an item requiring care to avoid combustion (fire).
Indicates an item prohibiting disassembly to avoid electric shocks or problems.
Indicates an item requiring disconnection of the power plug from the electric outlet.
Indicates an item intended to provide notes assisting the understanding of the topic in question.
Indicates an item of reference assisting the understanding of the topic in question.
Provides a description of a service mode.
Memo
REF.
Provides a description of the nature of an error indication.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
The following rules apply throughout this Service Manual:
1. Each chapter contains sections explaining the purpose of specific functions and the relationship between electrical and mechanical systems with refer-
ence to the timing of operation.
In the diagrams,
represents the path of mechanical drive; where a signal name accompanies the symbol , the arrow
indicates the
direction of the electric signal.
The expression "turn on the power" means flipping on the power switch, closing the front door, and closing the delivery unit door, which results in
supplying the machine with power.
2. In the digital circuits, '1'is used to indicate that the voltage level of a given signal is "High", while '0' is used to indicate "Low".(The voltage value, how-
ever, differs from circuit to circuit.) In addition, the asterisk (*) as in "DRMD*" indicates that the DRMD signal goes on when '0'.
In practically all cases, the internal mechanisms of a microprocessor cannot be checked in the field. Therefore, the operations of the microprocessors
used in the machines are not discussed: they are explained in terms of from sensors to the input of the DC controller PCB and from the output of the
DC controller PCB to the loads.
The descriptions in this Service Manual are subject to change without notice for product improvement or other purposes, and major changes will be com-
municated in the form of Service Information bulletins.
All service persons are expected to have a good understanding of the contents of this Service Manual and all relevant Service Information bulletins and be
able to identify and isolate faults in the machine."
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Contents
1.1 Product Overview .......................................................................................................................................1- 1
1.1.1 Product Overview ....................................................................................................................................................1- 1
1.2 Features .....................................................................................................................................................1- 1
1.2.1 Features ..................................................................................................................................................................1- 1
1.2.2 Printhead .................................................................................................................................................................1- 1
1.2.3 Ink tank....................................................................................................................................................................1- 2
1.2.4 Cutter unit................................................................................................................................................................1- 2
1.2.5 Roll holder ...............................................................................................................................................................1- 2
1.2.6 Media take-up unit (option)......................................................................................................................................1- 2
1.2.7 Consumables...........................................................................................................................................................1- 3
1.3 Product Specifications ................................................................................................................................1- 3
1.3.1 General Specifications.............................................................................................................................................1- 3
1.4 Detailed Specifications ...............................................................................................................................1- 5
1.4.1 Printing mode ..........................................................................................................................................................1- 5
1.4.2 Interface Specifications ...........................................................................................................................................1- 5
1.5 Names and Functions of Components .......................................................................................................1- 6
1.5.1 Front ........................................................................................................................................................................1- 6
1.5.2 Rear.........................................................................................................................................................................1- 7
1.5.3 Carriage...................................................................................................................................................................1- 7
1.5.4 Internal parts............................................................................................................................................................1- 8
1.6 Basic Operation ..........................................................................................................................................1- 8
1.6.1 Operation panel.......................................................................................................................................................1- 8
1.6.2 Main menu...............................................................................................................................................................1- 9
1.7 Safety and Precautions ............................................................................................................................1- 16
1.7.1 Safety Precautions ................................................................................................................................................1- 16
1.7.1.1 Moving Parts.......................................................................................................................................................................... 1- 16
1.7.1.2 Adhesion of Ink ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1- 17
1.7.1.3 Electrical Parts....................................................................................................................................................................... 1- 18
1.7.2 Other Precautions..................................................................................................................................................1- 18
1.7.2.1 Printhead................................................................................................................................................................................ 1- 18
1.7.2.2 Ink tank .................................................................................................................................................................................. 1- 19
1.7.2.3 Handling the Printer ............................................................................................................................................................... 1- 20
1.7.3 Precautions When Servicing Printer......................................................................................................................1- 21
1.7.3.1 Notes on the Data Stored in the Printer................................................................................................................................. 1- 21
1.7.3.2 Confirming the Firmware Version .......................................................................................................................................... 1- 21
1.7.3.3 Precautions Against Static Electricity..................................................................................................................................... 1- 21
1.7.3.4 Precautions for Disassembly/Reassembly............................................................................................................................. 1- 21
1.7.3.5 Self-diagnostic feature ........................................................................................................................................................... 1- 21
1.7.3.6 Disposing of the Lithium Battery ............................................................................................................................................ 1- 21
2.1 Basic Operation Outline..............................................................................................................................2- 1
2.1.1 Printer Diagram .......................................................................................................................................................2- 1
2.1.2 Print Driving.............................................................................................................................................................2- 1
2.2 Firmware.....................................................................................................................................................2- 1
2.2.1 Operation Sequence at Power-on ...........................................................................................................................2- 1
2.2.2 Operation Sequence at Power-off ...........................................................................................................................2- 2
2.2.3 Print Control.............................................................................................................................................................2- 3
2.2.4 Print Position Adjustment Function..........................................................................................................................2- 4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
2.2.5 Head Management ..................................................................................................................................................2- 4
2.2.6 Printhead Overheating Protection Control ...............................................................................................................2- 4
2.2.7 Pause between Pages.............................................................................................................................................2- 4
2.2.8 White Raster Skip ....................................................................................................................................................2- 4
2.2.9 Sleep mode..............................................................................................................................................................2- 4
2.3 Printer Mechanical System.........................................................................................................................2- 5
2.3.1 Outline......................................................................................................................................................................2- 5
2.3.1.1 Outline...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2- 5
2.3.2 Ink Passage .............................................................................................................................................................2- 5
2.3.2.1 Ink Passage ............................................................................................................................................................................. 2- 5
2.3.2.2 Ink Tank Unit............................................................................................................................................................................ 2- 6
2.3.2.3 Carriage Unit............................................................................................................................................................................ 2- 8
2.3.2.4 Printhead................................................................................................................................................................................ 2- 10
2.3.2.5 Purge Unit.............................................................................................................................................................................. 2- 11
2.3.2.6 Maintenance Cartridge........................................................................................................................................................... 2- 14
2.3.2.7 Air Flow.................................................................................................................................................................................. 2- 14
2.3.3 Paper Path.............................................................................................................................................................2- 14
2.3.3.1 Outline.................................................................................................................................................................................... 2- 14
2.3.3.2 Paper Path............................................................................................................................................................................. 2- 16
2.3.3.3 Cutter Unit.............................................................................................................................................................................. 2- 16
2.4 Printer Electrical System ..........................................................................................................................2- 16
2.4.1 Outline....................................................................................................................................................................2- 16
2.4.1.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................................ 2- 16
2.4.2 Main Controller.......................................................................................................................................................2- 17
2.4.2.1 Main controller components................................................................................................................................................... 2- 17
2.4.3 Carriage Relay PCB...............................................................................................................................................2- 19
2.4.3.1 Carriage relay PCB components ........................................................................................................................................... 2- 19
2.4.4 Head Relay PCB....................................................................................................................................................2- 19
2.4.4.1 Head relay PCB components................................................................................................................................................. 2- 19
2.4.5 Motor Driver ...........................................................................................................................................................2- 19
2.4.5.1 Media take-up unit components............................................................................................................................................. 2- 19
2.4.6 Maintenance Cartridge Relay PCB........................................................................................................................2- 20
2.4.6.1 Maintenance cartridge relay PCB components...................................................................................................................... 2- 20
2.4.7 Power Supply.........................................................................................................................................................2- 20
2.4.7.1 Power supply block diagram.................................................................................................................................................. 2- 20
2.5 Detection Functions with Sensors ............................................................................................................2- 20
2.5.1 Cover system.........................................................................................................................................................2- 20
2.5.2 Ink passage system ...............................................................................................................................................2- 21
2.5.3 Carriage system.....................................................................................................................................................2- 23
2.5.4 Paper path system.................................................................................................................................................2- 24
2.5.5 Humidity sensor .....................................................................................................................................................2- 24
2.5.6 Media take-up Unit.................................................................................................................................................2- 25
3.1 Installation ..................................................................................................................................................3- 1
3.1.1 Making Pre-Checks..................................................................................................................................................3- 1
3.1.1.1 Making Pre-Checks.................................................................................................................................................................. 3- 1
3.1.2 Unpacking and Installation.......................................................................................................................................3- 1
3.1.2.1 Checking the Contents............................................................................................................................................................. 3- 1
3.1.2.2 Assembling the Stand.............................................................................................................................................................. 3- 3
3.1.2.3 Installing the Printer ................................................................................................................................................................. 3- 6
3.1.2.4 Installing the Basket................................................................................................................................................................. 3- 7
3.1.2.5 Installing the Media Take-Up Unit (Option)............................................................................................................................ 3- 11
3.1.2.6 Removing Protection Materials.............................................................................................................................................. 3- 17
3.1.3 Checking the Images/Operations...........................................................................................................................3- 19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
4.1 Service Parts ..............................................................................................................................................4- 1
4.1.1 Service parts............................................................................................................................................................4- 1
4.2 Disassembly/Reassembly...........................................................................................................................4- 1
4.2.1 Diassembly/Reassembly .........................................................................................................................................4- 1
4.3 Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly.......................................................................................4- 4
4.3.1 Note on locations prohibited from disassembly.......................................................................................................4- 4
4.3.2 Moving the carriage manually..................................................................................................................................4- 4
4.3.3 Units requiring draining of ink..................................................................................................................................4- 5
4.3.4 External covers........................................................................................................................................................4- 5
4.3.5 Drive unit ...............................................................................................................................................................4- 11
4.3.6 Carriage unit..........................................................................................................................................................4- 12
4.3.7 Ink tube unit...........................................................................................................................................................4- 16
4.3.8 Feeder unit ...........................................................................................................................................................4- 17
4.3.9 Purge unit ..............................................................................................................................................................4- 17
4.3.10 Ink tank unit .........................................................................................................................................................4- 18
4.3.11 Linear encoder.....................................................................................................................................................4- 21
4.3.12 Head management sensor ..................................................................................................................................4- 22
4.3.13 PCBs....................................................................................................................................................................4- 22
4.3.14 Opening the cap and moving the wiper unit ........................................................................................................4- 23
4.3.15 Opening and closing ink supply valves................................................................................................................4- 23
4.3.16 Draining the ink....................................................................................................................................................4- 24
4.4 Applying the Grease.................................................................................................................................4- 25
4.4.1 Applying the Grease..............................................................................................................................................4- 25
4.5 Adjustment and Setup Items ....................................................................................................................4- 27
4.5.1 Action to take after replacing the feed roller HP sensor, feed roller encoder, or feed roller..................................4- 27
4.5.2 Action to take after replacing the carriage unit or multi sensor..............................................................................4- 27
4.5.3 Action to take after replacing the head management sensor ................................................................................4- 27
5.1 Periodic Replacement Parts .......................................................................................................................5- 1
5.1.1 Periodic replacement parts......................................................................................................................................5- 1
5.2 Consumable Parts......................................................................................................................................5- 1
5.2.1 Consumable parts ...................................................................................................................................................5- 1
5.3 Periodic Maintenance .................................................................................................................................5- 1
5.3.1 Regular Maintenance ..............................................................................................................................................5- 1
6.1 Troubleshooting..........................................................................................................................................6- 1
6.1.1 Outline .....................................................................................................................................................................6- 1
6.1.1.1 Outline of Troubleshooting....................................................................................................................................................... 6- 1
6.1.2 Troubleshooting When Warnings Occur..................................................................................................................6- 1
6.1.2.1 Ink Level: Check ...................................................................................................................................................................... 6- 1
6.1.2.2 Check maint cartridge capacity................................................................................................................................................ 6- 1
6.1.2.3 Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank. .................................................................................................................................. 6- 1
6.1.2.4 No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank.......................................................................................................................................... 6- 1
6.1.2.5 Close Ink Tank Cover .............................................................................................................................................................. 6- 1
6.1.2.6 End of paper feed. Cannot feed paper more. ......................................................................................................................... 6- 2
6.1.2.7 Paper Type Wrong................................................................................................................................................................... 6- 2
6.1.2.8 GARO W12xx .......................................................................................................................................................................... 6- 2
6.1.2.9 Check printed document.......................................................................................................................................................... 6- 2
6.1.2.10 Prepare for parts replacement. Call for service...................................................................................................................... 6- 2
6.1.2.11 Parts replacement time has passed. Call for service............................................................................................................. 6- 3
6.1.3 Troubleshooting When Errors Occur.......................................................................................................................6- 3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
6.1.3.1 03870001-2015 Cutter error .................................................................................................................................................... 6- 3
6.1.3.2 03010000-200C/03010000-200E/03010000-200F/03010000-2017/03010000-2018/03016000-2010 multi sensor ............... 6- 3
6.1.3.3 03031000-2E0F Upper cover sensor error .............................................................................................................................. 6- 3
6.1.3.4 03031101-2E10 Ink tank cover switch error ............................................................................................................................ 6- 3
6.1.3.5 03031000-2E11 Carriage cover sensor error .......................................................................................................................... 6- 4
6.1.3.6 03031000-2E12 Defective paper release lever ....................................................................................................................... 6- 4
6.1.3.7 03010000-2016/03010000-2E27 Paper feed error.................................................................................................................. 6- 4
6.1.3.8 03010000-200D Cut media end error ...................................................................................................................................... 6- 4
6.1.3.9 03010000-2E1F/03060000-2E14/03060A00-2E00/03061000-2E15/03063000-2E08/03860002-2E02/03860002-2E0A/
03860002-2E0C Path mismatch error............................................................................................................................................ 6- 5
6.1.3.10 03862000-2E09 Insufficient roll media error .......................................................................................................................... 6- 5
6.1.3.11 03890000-2920 Media take-up motor error ........................................................................................................................... 6- 5
6.1.3.12 03890000-2921 Media take-up paper detection sensor error................................................................................................ 6- 5
6.1.3.13 03060A00-2E1B Roll media end error ................................................................................................................................... 6- 5
6.1.3.14 03861001-2405/03861001-2406 Borderless printing error .................................................................................................... 6- 6
6.1.3.15 03810104-2500/03810101-2501/03810102-2502/03810103-2503/03810112-2504/03810113-2505/03810106-2506/
03810105-2508/03810115-2509/03810107-250A/03810109-250B/03810108-250C No ink error ................................................ 6- 6
6.1.3.16 03830104-2520/03830101-2521/03830102-2522/03830103-2523/03830112-2524/03830113-2525/03830106-2526/
when the ink tank is replaced.)....................................................................................................................................................... 6- 6
6.1.3.17 03800204-2540/03830201-2541/03830202-2542/03830203-2543/03830212-2544/03830213-2545/03830206-2546/
6.1.3.18 03830304-2560/03830301-2561/03830302-2562/03830303-2563/03830312-2564/03830313-2565/03830306-2566/
03830305-2568/03830305-2568/03830315-2569/03830307-256A/03830309-256B/03830308-256C Ink tank EEPROM error... 6- 6
6.1.3.19 03810204-2570/03810201-2571/03810202-2572/03810203-2573/03810212-2574/03810213-2575/03810206-2576/
printhead) ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 6- 6
6.1.3.20 03810204-2580/03810201-2581/03810202-2582/03810203-2583/03810212-2584/03810213-2585/03810206-2586/
executed)........................................................................................................................................................................................ 6- 7
6.1.3.21 03810204-2590/03810201-2591/03810202-2592/03810203-2593/03810212-2594/03810213-2595/03810206-2596/
03810205-2598/03810215-2599/03810207-259A/03810209-259B/03810208-259C Ink low error (occures when printing)......... 6- 7
6.1.3.22 03800301-2801/03800201-2802/03800401-2803/03800201-2812/03800302-2809/03800202-280A/03800402-280B/
03800202-2813 Printhead error ..................................................................................................................................................... 6- 7
6.1.3.23 03800101-2800/03800102-2808/03800201-2804/03800202-2807 Printhead installing error ............................................... 6- 7
6.1.3.24 03800501-280D/03800502-280E Defective printhead nozzle .............................................................................................. 6- 8
6.1.3.25 03841201-2816/03841201-2817/03841101-2818/03841001-2819/03841001-281B Maintenance cartridge error................ 6- 8
6.1.3.26 03010000-2820/03010000-2821/03010000-2822/03010000-2823/03130031-2F32/03010000-2F33/ Adjustment error...... 6- 8
6.1.3.27 03130031-260E Gap detection error...................................................................................................................................... 6- 8
6.1.3.28 03130031-260F Gap adjustment error................................................................................................................................... 6- 8
6.1.3.29 03130031-2618 VH voltage abnormality error ....................................................................................................................... 6- 9
6.1.3.30 03800500-2F2F/03800500-2F30 Head management sensor error ....................................................................................... 6- 9
6.1.3.31 03130031-2F16 Mist fan error................................................................................................................................................ 6- 9
6.1.3.32 03130031-2F17 Suction fan error .......................................................................................................................................... 6- 9
6.1.3.33 03030000-2E21 IEEE1394 Error ........................................................................................................................................... 6- 9
6.1.3.34 03130031-2F25 Carriage home position error..................................................................................................................... 6- 10
6.1.3.35 03130031-2F26/03130031-2F27 Carriage motor error........................................................................................................ 6- 10
6.1.3.36 03130031-2F1F/03130031-2F20 Defective sensor in purge unit......................................................................................... 6- 10
6.1.3.37 03130031-2F22/03130031-2F23/03130031-2F2D Purge motor driving error ..................................................................... 6- 10
6.1.3.38 03130031-2F2A Feed roller home position error ................................................................................................................. 6- 10
6.1.3.39 03130031-2F3A valve open/close error .............................................................................................................................. 6- 10
6.1.3.40 03130031-2F2E Roll media feeding error............................................................................................................................ 6- 11
6.1.3.41 03130031-2F28 Lift motor time out error ............................................................................................................................. 6- 11
6.1.3.42 03130031-2F13 A/D Converter external trigger output stopped .......................................................................................... 6- 11
6.1.3.43 03130031-2F14 ASIC Register cannot be written................................................................................................................ 6- 11
6.1.3.44 03900001-4042/03900001-4049 Firmware error ................................................................................................................. 6- 11
6.1.3.45 E194-4034 Sensor calibration error ..................................................................................................................................... 6- 11
6.1.4 Troubleshooting When Service Call Errors Occur .................................................................................................6- 12
6.1.4.1 E141-4046 Recovery system's count error............................................................................................................................ 6- 12
6.1.4.2 E144-4047 Supply system's count error ................................................................................................................................ 6- 12
6.1.4.3 E146-4001 Waste ink count full ............................................................................................................................................. 6- 12
6.1.4.4 E161-403E/E161-403F Abnormally high head temperature.................................................................................................. 6- 12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
6.1.4.6 E196-4040/E196-4041/E196-4042/E196-4043/E196-4044/E196-4045 Main controller PCB error....................................... 6- 12
6.1.4.7 E198-401C/E198-401D/E198-401E RTC error...................................................................................................................... 6- 12
6.2 Location of Connectors and Pin Arrangement..........................................................................................6- 13
6.2.1 Main controller PCB...............................................................................................................................................6- 13
6.2.2 Carriage relay PCB................................................................................................................................................6- 22
6.2.3 Head relay PCB.....................................................................................................................................................6- 30
6.3 Version Up................................................................................................................................................6- 37
6.3.1 Firmware Update Tool...........................................................................................................................................6- 37
6.4 Service Tools............................................................................................................................................6- 38
6.4.1 List of Tools ...........................................................................................................................................................6- 38
7.1 Service Mode..............................................................................................................................................7- 1
7.1.1 Service Mode...........................................................................................................................................................7- 1
7.1.2 Map of the Service mode.........................................................................................................................................7- 1
7.1.3 Details for Service mode .........................................................................................................................................7- 6
7.2 Special Mode............................................................................................................................................7- 12
7.2.1 Special Modes for Servicing..................................................................................................................................7- 12
8.1 Outline ........................................................................................................................................................8- 1
8.1.1 Outline .....................................................................................................................................................................8- 1
8.2 Warning Table ............................................................................................................................................8- 1
8.2.1 Warnings .................................................................................................................................................................8- 1
8.3 Error Table..................................................................................................................................................8- 2
8.3.1 Errors.......................................................................................................................................................................8- 2
8.4 Sevice Call Table........................................................................................................................................8- 5
8.4.1 Service call errors....................................................................................................................................................8- 5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Contents
1.2.1 Features........................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-1
1.2.7 Consumables................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-3
1.5.1 Front............................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-6
1.5.2 Rear.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-7
1.6.1 Operation panel............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-8
1.7 Safety and Precautions.................................................................................................................................................1-16
1.7.3.2 Confirming the Firmware Version................................................................................................................................................................1-21
1.7.3.3 Precautions Against Static Electricity...........................................................................................................................................................1-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
1.1 Product Overview
1.1.1 Product Overview
0014-8814
This printer is a large-format printer that prints in a maximum width of 44 inches with high-speed photographic picture quality.
This printer is a stand-mounted type printer and is capable of output to either roll media or cut sheet.
Product Components
[3]
[2]
[4]
[2]
[1]
[3]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[8]
[12]
[13]
[14]
F-1-1
T-1-1
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
Upper cover
[8]
Roll holder
Ink tank
Ink tank cover unit (R)
Ink tank cover unit (L)
Operation panel
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
Printhead
Belt stopper
Hex key wrench
Pocket
Stand (USA: Bundled/ Others: Option)
Basket
Media take-up unit (Option)
Power cord
1.2 Features
1.2.1 Features
0014-8819
- Media pass in widths up to 44 inches (1117.6 mm).
- Large ink tanks save the need for their replacement.
- Uninterrupted printing from subtanks.
- BK and MBK inks are loaded concurrently to eliminate the need for their replacement.
- Media take-up unit (option) is supported.
- Media take-up unit (option) can be mounted concurrently with a basket.
- Durability will be added by maintenance kit.
- Large LCD panel displays more information and makes operations easier.
- High resolutions of 2400 x 1200 dpi maximum, coupled with the exceptionally light-fast, water-proof and ozone-proof 12-color pigment inks of MBK, BK, PC,
C, PM, M, Y, R, G, B, GY, and PGY, deliver high-quality photographic picture quality.
- USB2.0 Hi-speed interface and 10Base-T/100Base-TX in standard support of a TCP/IP network, plus optional support of IEEE1394.
- Barcodes printed on roll media make remaining roll media management possible.
- Borderless four-side printing support (roll media) removes laborious cutting work, easing the job of creating posters to a significant degree.
- High-speed printing with a 1-inch head for each color (1,280 nozzles), under bidirectional print control.
- Ink supply through tubing to a completely independent printhead and large-capacity ink tanks.
1.2.2 Printhead
0013-2742
The printhead that mounts on the carriage is an integrated six-color disposable printhead.
It has 2,560 nozzles for each color, comprising two trays of 1,280 nozzles each arranged in a zigzag pattern.
If print quality remains unimproved even after a specified cleaning operation, replace the printhead. Replacement about one year after the date of initial unpacking
is also recommended.
1-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
F-1-2
1.2.3 Ink tank
0012-6218
Ink tanks are disposable.
The ink tanks come with 12 colors: mat black (MBK), black (BK), photocyan (PC), cyan (C), photomagenta (PM), magenta (M), yellow (Y), red (R), blue (B),
green (G), gray (GY) and photogray (PGY). Each of these inks are pigment ink.
The tanks are also available in two capacities: 330 mL and 700 mL.
Each tank is furnished with a notch for preventing incorrect installation, which will allow the tank to be installed only at the position marked in the right color.
An ink tank should be replaced when an ink tank replacement prompt message appears or when six months expire after the date of initial unpacking, whichever
occurs earlier.
F-1-3
1.2.4 Cutter unit
0013-6369
The cutter unit that mounts on the carriage unit is disposable.
Replace the cutter unit when it gets dull.
F-1-4
1.2.5 Roll holder
0013-6371
The printer comes with a roll holder for paper tubes having an inside diameter of 2 inches as standard. It supports an optional roller holder for paper tubes having
an inside diameter of 3 inches.
Both roll holders clamp the paper tubes of roll media with an outside diameter of 150 mm or less from inside.
F-1-5
1.2.6 Media take-up unit (option)
0014-8824
The media take-up unit takes up roll media, ranging in width from 17 to 44 inches, on a 2 or 3-inch paper tube in roll form after they are printed by the host computer.
Taking up begins automatically when a sensor attached to the bottom of the stand detects a roll delivered after printing falling down due to the weight of a weight
roller.
Rolls may also be manually taken up by using a button on the media take-up unit.
1-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
The media take-up unit has an overload protection feature to prevent accidents while taking up rolls. (The feature will shut down the motor automatically when an
overload occurs while taking up a roll.)
Additional features of the media take-up unit include:
- An adapter may be installed to support a 3-inch paper tube.
- Rolls can be rewound by feeding them backward to visually check images.
- Weight rollers varying in length to suit specific roll widths ensure added takeup efficiency.
- The printer detects errors in the media take-up unit by itself.
- Linked with the printer's sleep mode.
1.2.7 Consumables
0012-6222
Printhead
The expendable printhead is the same as the one that comes with the printer.
F-1-6
Ink tanks
Expendable ink tanks contain 12 colors: mat black, black, photocyan, cyan, photomagenta, magenta, yellow, red, blue, green, gray and photogray. Each tank is
available in two capacities: 330 mL and 700 mL.
Usable for six months after unpacking.
F-1-7
Maintenance cartridge
The expendable maintenance cartridge is the same as the one that comes with the printer.
F-1-8
1.3 Product Specifications
1.3.1 General Specifications
0014-8825
Type
Bubblejet printer (stand model)
Feeding system
Roll media: Manual (front loading)
Cut media: Paper tray (front loading)
Feeding capacity
Delivery method
Roll media: 1 roll (up to 150 mm outside diameter)
Standard roll holder: Paper tube, 50.8 mm (2") inside diameter
Cut media: 1
Forward delivery, face up
1-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
Sheet delivery capability
Cutter
1 (loaded in a basket)
Automatic cross-cutter (round blade)
Type of media
Plain Paper,Plain Paper(High Quality),Plain Paper(High Grade),
Recycled Coated Paper,Coated Paper,Heavyweight Coated Paper,Extra
Heavyweight Coated Paper, Premium Matte Paper,Glossy Photo
Paper,Semi-Glossy Photo Paper,Heavyweight Glossy Photo
Paper,Heavyweight SemiGlos Photo Paper,Synthetic Paper,Adhesive
Synthetic
Paper,Backlit
Film,Backprint
Film,Flame-Resistant
Cloth,Fabric Banner,Thin Fabric Banner,Proofing Paper,Fine Art
Photo,Fine Art Heavyweight Photo,Fine Art Textured,Fine Art
Watercolor,Fine Art Block Print,Canvas Matte,Canvas Semi-
Glossy,Japanese Paper Washi, Colored Coated Paper, CAD Tracing
Paper,CAD Translucent Matte Film,CAD Clear Film
Supported thickness
0.07 mm to 0.8 mm
Media size (Roll media)
Width: 254 mm (10") to 1117.6 mm (44")
Length: 203.2 mm (8") to 18000 mm (709")
* Outer diameter of roll :150mm or less
* The maximum amount of length may vary by the using operating
system or the applications.
Media size (Cut sheet)
Width: 203.2 mm (8") to 1117.6 mm (44")
Length: 203.2 mm (8") to 1600 mm (63")
Printable area (Roll media)
Printable area (Cut sheet)
Internal area, excluding a 5-mm top, bottom and left and right margins.
* The printable area may vary with each type of paper media used.
Internal area, excluding a 5-mm top margin, a 23-mm bottom margin and
5-mm left and right margins.
Printing recommendation area
(Roll media)
Internal area, excluding a 20-mm top margin, a 5-mm bottom margin and
7-mm left and right margins.
Printing recommendation area
(Cut sheet)
Internal area, excluding a 20 mm top margin, a 23-mm bottom margin
and 7-mm left and right margins.
Borderless printing
* Roll media only
width: 254 mm (10"), 355.6 mm (14"), 406.4 mm (16"), 515 mm
(20.28"), 594 mm (23.39"), 609.6 mm (24"), 841 mm (33.11"), 914.4
mm (36"), 1030 mm (40.55"), 1066.8 mm (42"),
Emulation
Interface
None.
USB 2.0 Hi-speed
Network (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)
IEEE1394 (optional)
Printhead/Ink Tank type
Printhead
Independent printhead/ink tanks
PF-02
Structure: Integrated six-color assembly
Number of nozzles: 2,560 for each color
Ink tank
PFI-301 MBK/BK/PC/C/PM/M/Y/R/G/B/GY/PGY
PFI-701 MBK/BK/PC/C/PM/M/Y/R/G/B/GY/PGY
Ink type: Pigment ink
Ink tank capacity: PFI-301 330 mL, PFI-701 700 mL
Detection functions (Cover
system)
Cover open/closed detection: Yes
Left and right ink tank cover open/closed detection: Yes
Detection functions (Ink passage Ink tank presence/absence detection: Yes
system)
Remaining ink level detection: Yes
Maintenance cartridge presence/absence detection: Yes
Used ink tank full detection: Yes
Detection functions (Carriage
system)
Printhead presence/absence detection: Yes
Carriage position detection: Yes
Carriage home position detection: Yes
Carriage cover open/closed detection: Yes
Carriage temperature detection: Yes
Printhead height detection: Yes
Non-discharging nozzle detection: Yes
Non-discharging nozzle backup feature: Yes
Detection functions (Paper path Paper presence/absence detection: Yes
system)
Paper width detection: Yes
Skew detection: Yes
Paper release lever position detection: Yes
Remaining roll media detection: Yes
Feed roller rotation detection: Yes
Operating noise
Operating: Approx. 54dB (A) or less
Idle: Approx. 35dB (A) or less
Operating environment
Operating temperature: 5oC to 35oC
Relative humidity: 10% to 90%RH
Print quality guaranteed
environment
Guaranteed print quality temperature: 15oC to 30oC
Relative humidity: 10% to 80%RH
Power supply
AC100 to 240V, 1.9A, 50/60Hz
Power consumption (Maximum) Maximum: 190W
Power consumption
Sleep mode:
5W or less (100 to 120V, 8W or less when IEEE1394 installed)
6W or less (220 to 240V, 9W or less when IEEE1394 installed)
Powered off: 1W or less
Printer unit dimensions
(WxDxH)
1893 mm x 975 mm x 1144 mm (including stand and basket)
1-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
Weight
Printer: Approx. 111kg
Stand: Approx. 28kg
Media take-up unit: Approx. 5kg
1.4 Detailed Specifications
1.4.1 Printing mode
0012-6230
T-1-2
Media Type
Print
Priority
Print Quality Processing
Print resolution
(dpi)
Print
pass
Printing direction
(*1)
resolution
(dpi)
Plain Paper
Plain Paper(High Quality)
Plain Paper(High Grade)
Image
draft
300
300
600
600
600
600
1200x1200
1200x1200
2400x1200
1200x1200
1200x1200
1200x1200
2
4
8
2
4
4
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
standard
High
Line drawing
/Text
draft
standard
standard
Office
document
Recycled Coated Paper
Coated Paper
Heavyweight Coated Paper
Extra Heavyweight Coated Paper
Image
standard
High
300
600
600
1200x1200
2400x1200
2400x1200
4
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
8
Highest
12
Premium Matte Paper
Glossy Photo Paper
Semi-Glossy Photo Paper
Heavyweight Glossy Photo Paper
Heavyweight SemiGlos Photo Paper
Synthetic Paper
Image
standard
High
600
600
600
1200x1200
2400x1200
2400x1200
6
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
8
Highest
16
Adhesive Synthetic Paper
Backlit Film
Backprint Film
Flame-Resistant Cloth
Fabric Banner
Thin Fabric Banner
Proofing Paper
Fine Art Photo
Fine Art Heavyweight Photo
Fine Art Textured
Fine Art Watercolor
Fine Art Block Print
Canvas Matte
Canvas Semi-Glossy
Japanese Paper Washi
Colored Coated Paper
Image
standard
High
300
600
600
600
600
1200x1200
2400x1200
1200x1200
1200x1200
2400x1200
4
8
2
4
8
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
CAD Tracing Paper
CAD Translucent Matte Film
CAD Clear Film
Line drawing
/Text
draft
standard
High
*1 Uni-directional can be selected optionally from the printer driver.
1.4.2 Interface Specifications
0013-8837
a. USB (standard)
(1) Interface type
USB 2.0, Full speed (12 Mbits/sec), Hi-speed (480 Mbits/sec)
(2) Data transfer system
Control transfer
Bulk transfer
(3) Signal level
Compliant with the USB standard.
(4) Interface cable
Twisted-pair shielded cable, 5.0 m max.
Compliant with the USB standard.
Wire materials: AWG No.28, data wire pair (AWF: American Wire Gauge)
AWG No.20 to No.28, power distribution wire pair
(5) Interface connector
Printer side: Series B receptacle compliant with USB standard
Cable side: Series B plug compliant with USB standard
b. Network (standard)
(1) Interface type
Interface compliant with IEEE802.3
(2) Data transfer system
10Base-T/100Base-TX
(3) Signal level
Input: Threshold
10Base-T: Max. +585 mV, Min. +300 mV
100Base-TX: Turn-on +1000 mV diff pk-pk, Turn-off +200 mV diff pk-pk
Output:
10Base-T: +2.2 V to +2.8 V
100Base-TX: +0.95 to +1.05 V
(4) Interface cable
Category 5 (UTP or FTP) cable, 100 m or shorter
1-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
Compliant with ANSI/EIA/TIA-568A or ANSI/EIA/TIA-568B
(5) Interface connector
Printer side: Compliant with IEEE802.3, ANSI X3.263, ISO/IEC60603-7
c. IEEE1394 (option)
(1) Interface type
Interface compliant with IEEE1394-1995, P1394a (Version 2.0)
(2) Data transfer system
Asynchronous transfer
(3) Signal level
Input:
Differential input voltage:
During S100 settlement: +173 mV to +260 mV
During data reception: +142 mV to +260 mV
During S200 settlement: +171 mV to +262 mV
During data reception: +132 mV to +260 mV
During S400 settlement: +168 mV to +265 mV
During data reception: +118 mV to +260 mV
Output:
Differential output voltage: +172 mV to +265 mV
(4) Interface cable
Twisted-pair shielded cable, 4.5 m max.
Compliant with IEEE1394-1995 standard or P1394a (Version 2.0) standard
(5) Interface connector
Printer side: 6-pin connector (socket) compliant with IEEE1394 standard
Cable side: 6-pin connector (plug) compliant with IEEE1394 standard
Cable side: RJ-45 type compliant with ANSI/EIA/TIA-568A or ANSI/EIA/TIA-568B
1.5 Names and Functions of Components
1.5.1 Front
0014-8828
[5]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[6]
[4]
[7]
[9]
[10]
[8]
F-1-9
T-1-3
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
Upper cover
Delivery guides
Roll holder
Open this cover to install a printhead, load media or clear jammed paper inside the printer.
Allow printed paper to be delivered. Open these guides to load a roll.
Load a roll on this holder.
Delivery support
Ink tank cover
Operation panel
Release lever
Stand
Keeps printed paper from being caught by the roll holder or in the paper slot.
Open this cover to replace the ink tank.
Use this panel to operate the printer and check its status.
Releases the paper retainer. Pull up this lever to front of the printer to load paper.
The base on which the printer mounts, furnished with casters.
Cloth tray that catches the printed paper.
Basket
[10] Media take-up unit
Takes up printed rolls automatically.
1-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
1.5.2 Rear
0014-8838
[6]
[5]
[1]
[3]
[4]
[2]
F-1-10
T-1-4
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
Media take-up unit power cord connector
Expansion board slot
Ethernet connector
Connect the power cord of the media take-up unit to this connector.
Mount an expansion PCB on this slot.
Connect the Ethernet cable to this connector.
Connect the USB cable to this port.
USB port
Accessory pocket
Holds printer manuals, assembly tools, and other items.
Connect the power cord to this connector.
Power cord connector
1.5.3 Carriage
0012-6263
[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[3]
F-1-11
T-1-5
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
Carriage cover
Printhead fixer cover
Printhead fixer lever
Cutter unit
Protects the carriage unit.
Clamps the printhead.
Locks the printhead lock cover.
Round-blade cutter used to cut paper automatically.
Keeps the carriage shaft clean.
Shaft cleaner
1-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
1.5.4 Internal parts
0012-6273
[1]
F-1-12
T-1-6
[1]
Maintenance cartridge
The cartridge that vacuums and collects excess ink.
1.6 Basic Operation
1.6.1 Operation panel
0014-8839
This section describes the function of the buttons and the meaning of the LEDs on the operation panel.
[1] [4] [5] [9]
[10]
Information Power
Online
Menu
Data
Message
Cleaning
(3sec.)
Stop
Load/Eject (1sec.)
[2]
[3]
[7]
[6] [8] [11]
[12]
F-1-13
T-1-7
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[Online] button
[Menu] button
This button switches between online status and offline status.
This button displays the main menu.
[Paper source] button
[OK] button
This button switches the paper source between roll media and cut sheets.
This button sets or executes the selected value or operation.
Offline: This button functions as a manual feed button and reverse-feeds the media.
Menu: This button functions as a selector button and is used to display the previous option or the previous item/
setting.
[
] button
[6]
[7]
[8]
Offline: This button functions as a manual feed button and feeds the media.
Menu : This button functions as a selector button and is used to display the next option or the next item/setting.
[
[
[
] button
] button
] button
Menu: This button is used to return to the next higher-level menu.
Menu: This button is used to go to the next lower-level menu.
[9]
[Information] button
This button displays a submenu. Information about the ink and media each time you press this button. Head cleaning
A is carried out when this button is held pressed for at least 3 seconds.
[10]
[Power] button
This button turns on/off the printer.
Power off: This button turns on the printer.
Power on : Holding down this button for about a second to turns off the printer.
[11]
[12]
[Load/Eject] button
[Stop] button
When the media is not loaded: Displays the instructions of loading the media.
When the media is loaded: Displays the instructions of removing the media.
Hold down for at least a second to cancel print jobs in progress or end the ink drying period.
[1]
[2]
[3]
Information Power
Online
Data
Message
Cleaning
(3sec.)
Stop
Menu
Load/Eject (1sec.)
[4]
[5]
F-1-14
T-1-8
[1]
Online lamp (green)
On:The printer is in online status.
Off:The printer is in offline status.
1-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
[2]
[3]
Data lamp (green)
Flashing(when printing) :this lamp indicates that the printer is receiving or processing a print job.
Flashing(when not printing):this lamp indicates that the print job is paused or firmware data is being received.
Off:This indicates that there is no print job.
Message lamp (orange)
On:This indicates that a warning message is displayed.
Flashing:This indicates that an error message is displayed.
Off:This indicates that the printer is normal or the power is turned off.
[4]
[5]
Roll media lamp (green)
Cut sheet lamp (green)
On:This indicates that the or roll media is selected as the paper source.
Off:This indicates that the or cut sheet is selected as the paper source.
On:This indicates that the or cut sheet is selected as the paper source.
Off:This indicates that the or roll media is selected as the paper source.
1.6.2 Main menu
0014-8840
The printer has a Main Menu which provides the user with access to various adjusting and configuring features, for example: adjusting print position; performing
cleaning or other maintenance features; auto-cutting, ink drying time and other print settings; message language and other parameter settings.
1. Main menu operations
a) How to enter the Main Menu
To enter the Main menu, press the [Menu] button.
b) How to exit the Main Menu
Press the [Online] button to exit the Main menu.
c) Buttons used in the Main Menu
- Selecting menus and parameters: [
- Entering a higher-level menu: [
- Entering a lower-level menu: [
] button or [
] button
] button
] button
- Setting menus and parameters: [OK] button
2. Map of the main menu
The hierarchy of menus and parameters in the Main Menu is as shown below.
1-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
MAIN MENU
Force Cutting
No
Yes
Rep.Ink Tank
No
Yes
Head Cleaning
Head Cleaning A
Head Cleaning B
Auto Feed
No
Yes
Take-up Reel
Disable
Enable
Media Menu
Roll Media Type
*To be selectable when media take-up unit is installed,
"Yes" is selected for "Auto feed", roll media are loaded,
and "Auto Feed" is not executed.
*Displays only when media take-up unit is installed
(Media Type)
Chk Remain.Roll
Off
On
Roll Length Set
*Displays only when "On" is selected for "Chk Remain.Roll"
### m / ### feet
Cut Sheet Type
(Media Type)
Paper Details
(Media Type)
Adjust Printer
--->See Paper Details Menu
--->See Adjust Printer Menu
--->See Interface Setup Menu
Interface Setup
Maintenance
Repl.Maint.C
No
Yes
Replace P.head
Printhead L
No
Yes
Printhead R
No
Yes
L&R Printheads
No
Yes
Repl.S.Cleaner
No
Yes
Change Cutter
No
Yes
Move Printer
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
System Setup
Test Print
Information
--->See System Setup Menu
--->See Test Print Menu
--->See Information Menu
F-1-15
1-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
Paper Details Menu
Paper Details
(Media Type)
Roll Drying Time
Off
(30 sec., 1 min., 3 min., 5 min., 10 min., 30 min.)
60 min.
Scan Wait Time
Off
(1 sec., 3 sec., 5 sec., 7 sec.)
9 sec.
Feed Priority
Automatic
Band Joint
Print Length
Adjust Length
-0.70%
(0.00%)
0.70%
Head Height
Automatic
(Lowest,Low,Standard,High)
Highest
Skew Check Lv.
Standard
Off
Loose
VacuumStrngth
Automatic
(Strongest,Strong,Standard)
Weak
Width Detection
Off
On
NearEnd RllMrgn
5mm
20mm
Cut Speed
Standard
Fast
Slow
Trim Edge First
Forced
Automatic
No Cutting
Cutting Mode
Automatic
Eject
Manual
Bordless Margin
Automatic
Fixed
CutDustReduct.
Off
On
Nr End Sht Mrgn
5mm
20mm
Return Defaults
No
Yes
F-1-16
1-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
Adjust Printer Menu
Adjust Printer
Auto Head Adj.
Standard Adj.
No
Yes
Advanced Adj.
No
Yes
Auto Print
Off
On
Manual Head Adj
No
Yes
Auto Band Adj.
Standard Adj.
No
Yes
Advanced Adj.
No
Yes
Manual Band Adj
No
Yes
Adjust Length
No
Yes
F-1-17
1-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
Interface Setup Menu
Interface Setup
EOP Timer
10 sec.
(30 sec. 1 min. 2 min. 5min.10min. 30 min.)
On
60 min.
TCP/IP
IP Mode
TCP/IP
Automatic
Manual
Protocol
DHCP
On
Off
BOOTP
On
Off
RARP
On
Off
IP Setting
IP Address
( 0-255. 0-255. 0-255. 0-255 )
Subnet Mask
( 0-255. 0-255. 0-255. 0-255 )
Default G/W
( 0-255. 0-255. 0-255. 0-255 )
NetWare
NetWare
On
Off
Frame Type
Auto Detct
Ethernet 2
Ethernet 802.2
Ethernet 802.3
Ethernet SNAP
Print Service
Bindery PServer
RPrinter
NDSPserver
NPrinter
AppleTalk
On
Off
Ethernet Driver
Auto Detect
On
Off
Comm.Mode
Half Duplex
Full Duplex
Ethernet Type
10 Base-T
100 Base-TX
Spanning Tree
Not Use
Use
MAC Address
(xxxxxxxxxxxx)
Init. Settings
No
Yes
F-1-18
1-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
System Setup Menu (1/2)
System Setup
Warning
Buzzer
Off
On
Ignore Mismatch
Off
On
Skip Take-Up Err *Displays only when media take-up unit is installed
Off
On
Keep Media Size
Off
On
Paper Size Basis
Sht Selection 1
ISO A3+
ANSI B Super
Sht Selection 2
ISO B1
ANSI F
Roll Selection 1
ISO A3(297mm)
300mm Roll
Roll Selection 2
10inch(254mm)
JIS B4(257mm)
Noz.Check Freq.
Off
1 page
10 page
Automatic
Use Power Save
On
Off
Sleep Timer
5 min.
(10min.,15min., 20min., 30min., 40min., 50min.)
60min.
Length Unit
meter
feet/inch
F-1-19
1-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
System Setup Menu (2/2)
(System Setup)
Time Zone
--->See Time Zone Menu
Date Format
yyyy/mm/dd
dd/mm/yyyy
mm/dd/yyyy
Date & Time
(yyyy/mm/dd)
Date
Time(hh:mm)
Language
English
Contrast Adj.
-4
(0)
+4
Reset PaprSetngs
*Returnes settings of "Paper details" to the state of the factory shipment.
No
Yes
F-1-20
0
London (GMT)
+1 Paris , Rome
+2 Athens , Cairo
+3 Moscow
+4 Eerevan , Baku
+5 Islamabad
+6 Dacca
+7 Bangkok
+8 Hong Kong
+9 Tokyo , Seoul
+10 Canbera
+11 NewCaledonia
+12 Wellington
-12 Eniwetok
-11 Midway Is.
-10 Hawaii (AHST)
-9 Alaska (AKST)
-8 Oregon (PST)
-7 Arizona (MST)
-6 Texas (CST)
-5 New York (EST)
-4 Santiago
-3 Buenos Aires
-2
-1 Cape Verde
Meaning of code address
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
GMT
AHST
AKST
PST
MST
CST
Greenwich Mean Time
Alaska-Hawaii Std Time
Alaska Standard Time
Pacific Std Time
Mountain Standard Time
Central Std Time
EST
Eastern Standard Time
F-1-21
1-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
Test Print Menu
Test Print
Status Print
No
Yes
Media Details
No
Yes
Print Job Log
No
Yes
Menu Map
No
Yes
Nozzle Check
No
Yes
F-1-22
Information
Information
System Info
Error Log
1:########-####
2:########-####
Job Log
Job 1-3
*Displays last 3 printing jobs
Document Name
User Name
Page Count
Job Status
Print Start Time
Print End Time
Print Time
Print Size
Media Type
Interface
Ink Consumed
F-1-23
1.7 Safety and Precautions
1.7.1 Safety Precautions
1.7.1.1 Moving Parts
0012-6284
Be careful not to get your hair, clothes, or accessories caught in the moving parts of the printer.
These include the carriage unit activated by the carriage motor, carriage belt, ink tube and flexible cable; feed motor-driven feed roller and pinch roller; and purge
motor-driven purge unit.
To prevent accidents, the upper cover of the printer is locked during printing so that itdoes not open. If the upper cover is opened in the online/offline mode, the
carriage motor, feed motor, and other driving power supplies are turned off.
1-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
[8]
[9]
[1]
[6]
[7]
[12]
[10]
[11]
F-1-24
T-1-9
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
Carriage belt
Ink tube
[7]
Purge unit
[8]
Pinch roller
Feed roller
Flexible cable
Carriage unit
Carriage motor
Lift unit
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
Feed unit
Feed motor
Media take-up unit
1.7.1.2 Adhesion of Ink
0014-0264
1. Ink passages
Be careful not to touch the ink passages of the printer or to allow ink to stain the workbench, hands, clothes or the printer under repair.
The ink flows through the ink tank unit, carriage unit, purge unit, maintenance-jet tray, borderless print ink groove, maintenance cartridge and the ink tubes that
relay ink to each unit.
[5]
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[6]
[1]
F-1-25
T-1-10
[1]
[2]
[3]
Maintenance-jet tray
Maintenance cartridge
Purge unit
[4]
[5]
[6]
Carriage unit
Ink tank unit
Borderless print ink groove
Although the ink is not harmful to the human body, it contains organic solvents.
Avoid getting the ink in your mouth or eyes.
Flush well with water and see a doctor if contact occurs.
In case of accidental ingestion of a large quantity, call a doctor immediately.
Since this ink contains pigment, stains will not come out of clothing.
1-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
2. Ink mist
Since the printhead prints by squirting ink onto the media, a minute amount of ink mist is generated in the printing unit during printing. The ink mist is collected in
the printer by the airflow. However, uncollected ink mist may stain the platen unit, carriage unit, main rail unit, external unit, or purge unit.
These stains may soil the print media or hands and clothes when servicing the printer, wipe them off carefully with a soft, well-wrung damp cloth.
[2]
[1]
[3]
F-1-26
T-1-11
[1]
[2]
[3]
Purge unit
Upper cover
Platen unit/Carriage unit/Main rail unit
1.7.1.3 Electrical Parts
0012-6287
The electrical unit of the printer is activated when connected to the AC power supply.
At the rear of the printer are the main controller, power supply, interface connector, and optional media take-up unit connector. The head relay PCB and carriage
relay PCB are incorporated in the carriage unit, and the operation panel is located on the upper right cover.
When servicing the printer with the cover removed, be extremely careful to avoid electric shock and shorting contacts.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Online
Menu
Data
Information Power
Message
Cleaning
(3sec.)
Stop
Load/Eject (1sec.)
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
F-1-27
T-1-12
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Operation panel
Carriage relay PCB
Head relay PCB
AC inlet
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
Power Supply
Main controller PCB
Interface connector
Media take-up unit connector
1.7.2 Other Precautions
1.7.2.1 Printhead
0013-1937
1. How to Handle the Printhead
Do not open the printhead package until you are ready to install the head.
When installing the printhead in the printer, hold the knob[1] and then remove the protective cap 1[2] and protective cap 2[3] in that order.
Do not reattach the protective cap 2[3] to the printhead because the cap may damage the nozzles[4].
To prevent the nozzles from getting clogged with foreign matter or dried ink, install the printhead immediately after you remove the protective caps.
Also make sure to press down the locking lever of the printhead until you feel a click.
In addition, to prevent clogging of the nozzles with foreign matter and improper supply of ink, never touch the nozzles[4] or ink port[6], or wipe it with tissue paper
or anything else.
Do not touch Electrical contact[5].
Also, never attempt to disassemble/reassemble the printhead or wash it with water.
1-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
MEMO:
If the nozzles are clogged or an ink suction problem occurs, white lines can appear on the printout a constant frequency or color dulling can occur. If this problem
is not resolved by cleaning operations, replace the printhead with a new one.
[1]
[4]
[2]
[6]
[3]
[5]
F-1-28
T-1-13
[1]
[2]
[3]
Knob
[4]
[5]
[6]
Nozzles
Protective cap 1
Protective cap 2
Electrical contact
Ink port
2. Capping
The printer will perform the capping operation when printing has ended or during standby due to an error, in order to protect the printhead and avoid ink leakage.
If the power cord is accidentally unplugged, turn off the Power button, reconnect the power cord, and then turn on the Power button. Confirm that the printer starts
up properly and enters to the "Online" or "Offline" status, and then power off the printer using the Power button.
Improper "capping operation" may cause clogged nozzles due to dried ink or ink leakage from the printhead.
3. When the printer is not used for a long time
Keep the printhead installed in the printer even when it is not used for an extended period of time.
If the printhead is left uninstalled, a printing failure may arise from closed nozzles due to depositing of foreign matter or dried ink when it is reinstalled.
Even if the head remains installed, the nozzle may dry out and cause a printing failure if the ink is drained for transport.
4. Conductivity of Ink
The ink used in this printer is electrically conductive. If ink leaks to into the mechanical unit, wipe clean with a soft, well-wrung damp cloth. If ink leaks onto
electrical units, wipe them completely using tissue paper. If you cannot remove ink completely, replace the electrical units with new ones.
If electrical units are powered with ink leaked onto them, the units may damage.
Never connect the power cord when ink has leaded onto the electrical units.
1.7.2.2 Ink tank
0012-6292
1. Unpacking the Ink Tank
Do not unpack the ink tank until you are ready to install it.
When installing the ink tank, be sure to shake it slowly 7 to 8 times before unpacking it. Otherwise, the ink ingredients may precipitate and degrade the print quality.
To prevent foreign matter from entering the ink port, installed the unpacked ink tank in the printer immediately.
2. Handling the Ink Tank
To prevent foreign matter from entering the ink flow path and causing ink suction and printing problems, never touch the ink port and contacts of the ink tank.
When you press down the ink tank cover, the needle enters the ink port, allowing ink to flow between the printer and ink tank.
Do not raise or lower the ink tank cover except when replacing the ink tank.
1-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
F-1-29
1.7.2.3 Handling the Printer
0012-6294
1. Precautions against Static Electricity
Certain clothing may generate static electricity, causing an electrical charge to build up on your body. Such a charge can damage electrical devices or change their
electrical characteristics.
In particular, never touch the printhead contacts[1].
[1]
F-1-30
2. Fixing the Carriage
After completion of printing, the carriage is mechanically locked by the lock arm in the purge unit at the same moment the printhead is capped.
Before transporting the printer, secure the carriage at its home position using belt stoppers[1] so that the carriage does not become separated from the lock arm and
damage or ink does not leak.
[1]
F-1-31
3. Replacing the maintenance cartridge
When the maintenance cartridge detects that tank is full, the "Repl. Maint. C" error appears. In this case the maintenance cartridge must be replaced.
The printer will not operate until the error is cancelled.
Be careful that the waste ink does not splash when you remove the used maintenance cartridge from the printer.
MEMO:
This printer has an EEPROM in the maintenance cartridge and the maintenance cartridge status is controlled by the main controller PCB which reads and writes
the content of that EEPROM. Therefore, initializing the counter information will not be needed when the maintenance cartridge is replaced.
1-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
4. Refilling the ink
After removing the ink in the printer according to the automatic or manual ink draining procedure to disassemble, reassemble, or transport/ship the printer, refill
the ink as soon as possible upon completion of those tasks.
If the ink remaining in the printer after the removal has dried up, the ink deposits on the surfaces of the components may cause damage or abnormal operation.
1.7.3 Precautions When Servicing Printer
1.7.3.1 Notes on the Data Stored in the Printer
0013-5942
This printer counts the print length, number of ink tank replacements, carriage driving time, number of cleaning operations, number of cutter operations, and so on
and stores them in the main controller's EEPROM as a COUNTER in Service mode.
COUNTER provides important information about the printer usage status.
You can check this information by printing it in the service mode or displaying it on the display.
Following the precautions below when servicing the printer.
a) Repairing/replacing the PCB
When replacing the main controller, follow the specified replacement procedure.
b) After replacing the carriage unit
The information about the carriage driving time arises in the carriage unit. After replacing the carriage unit, select INITIALIZE > CARRIAGE in the service mode
to initialize the information about the carriage driving time.
c) After replacing the purge unit
The information about the number of cleanings arises in the purge unit. After replacing the purge unit, select INITIALIZE > PURGE in the service mode to initialize
the information about the number of cleanings.
Reference:
For the main controller replacement procedure, see Disassembly/Reassembly > Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly > PCBs.
You cannot check the counter information once it is initialized. Be careful not to initialize the counter information before checking it.
You cannot modify the counter information from the operation panel.
1.7.3.2 Confirming the Firmware Version
0013-5945
Firmware has been downloaded to the main controller.
When you have replaced the main controller, check that the firmware is the latest version. If not, update it to the latest version.
Reference:
For how to up update the main controller, refer to TROUBLESHOOTING > Version Up.
1.7.3.3 Precautions Against Static Electricity
0013-5947
Certain clothing may generate static electricity, causing an electrical charge to build up on your body. Such a charge can damage electrical devices.
To prevent this, discharge any static buildup by touching a grounded metal fitting before you start disassembling the printer.
1.7.3.4 Precautions for Disassembly/Reassembly
0013-5948
The precautions for disassembly/Reassembly are described in DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
1.7.3.5 Self-diagnostic feature
0013-5950
The printer has a diagnostic feature which analyzes printer problems (which may occur).
The diagnostic results will be displayed on the display and indicated by a light.
For detailed information, see ERROR CODE.
1.7.3.6 Disposing of the Lithium Battery
0013-5952
The main controller PCB mounted in the printer has one lithium battery to back up various data.
Lisk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type.
Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions.
1-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
1-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Contents
2.3.2.3 Carriage Unit...................................................................................................................................................................................................2-8
2.3.2.3.2 Structure of Carriage Unit.......................................................................................................................................................................2-8
2.3.2.6 Maintenance Cartridge..................................................................................................................................................................................2-14
2.3.2.6.1 Maintenance cartridge...........................................................................................................................................................................2-14
2.3.3.2.1 Structure of Feed Roller Unit................................................................................................................................................................2-16
2.4.1.1 Overview.......................................................................................................................................................................................................2-16
2.4.3 Carriage Relay PCB................................................................................................................................................................... 2-19
2.4.5.1 Media take-up unit components....................................................................................................................................................................2-19
2.4.6 Maintenance Cartridge Relay PCB............................................................................................................................................ 2-20
2.4.6.1 Maintenance cartridge relay PCB components.............................................................................................................................................2-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
2.4.7 Power Supply............................................................................................................................................................................. 2-20
2.4.7.1 Power supply block diagram.........................................................................................................................................................................2-20
2.5.5 Humidity sensor......................................................................................................................................................................... 2-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
2.1 Basic Operation Outline
2.1.1 Printer Diagram
0014-8859
A printer diagram is shown below.
Ink detection sensor
J108
J101
Ink tank ROM PCB(L)
Ink tank
Y, PC, C, PGY, GY, MBK
Valve motor(L)
Valve open/closed detection sensor(L)
Ink tank cover switch(L)
Agitation cam sensor(L)
Ink tank
PM, M, BK, R, G, B
J201 J202
Ink tank ROM PCB(R)
J108
J101
Linear encoder
Carriage cover sensor
Ink detection sensor
Valve motor(R)
Upper cover lock solenoid(L)
Upper cover lock solenoid(R)
Valve open/closed detection sensor(R)
Ink tank cover switch(R)
Upper cover lock switch(L)
Upper cover lock switch(R)
Agitation cam sensor(R)
Carriage motor
Feed motor
Humidity sensor
Carriage HP sensor
Lift motor
Pressure release switch
Purge motor
Operation panel
Power supply
Pump encoder
Pump cam sensor
Media sensor
Media take up relay PCB
J102
Feed roller encoder
Feed roller HP sensor
Spool clutch
J101
Media take-up PCB
Suction fan
J103
J102
Mist fan(R)
Media take-up motor
Mist fan(L)
Media take-up on/off sensor
Media take-up paper detection sensor
Head management sensor
Maintenance cartridge ROM PCB
J2
J3301
Maintenance cartridge relay PCB
F-2-1
2.1.2 Print Driving
0012-6309
During printing, print signals and control signals are issued to the printhead via the carriage relay PCB and Head relay PCB in order to discharge ink from the
nozzles.
On a printhead, six arrays of nozzles are provided in six arrays in a staggered pattern.
This printer uses a pair of printheads.
(The Y, PC, C, PGy, Gy, MBk, PM, M, Bk, R, G, B nozzles are mounted in this order from the left.)
Even-numbered nozzle data and odd-numbered nozzle data -- which are print signals -- are sent to each nozzle array in sync with the data sending clock and data
latch pulse timings.
Drive control signals include a Heat Enable signal and a Sub Heat Enable signal. The Heat Enable signal is used to discharge ink from nozzles. The Sub Heat Enable
signal is used to raise the printhead temperature to a suitable value to maintain the ink discharge amount constant.
2.2 Firmware
2.2.1 Operation Sequence at Power-on
0012-6310
The sequence of printer operations, from power-on to transition to online mode, is flowcharted below. The printer takes less than 1 minute to initialize itself(*).
* Excluding the times spent supplying inks and cleaning the printhead after leaving the printer for extended periods of time
2-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
Power Button ON
Initialization of software
Initialization of various devices
Device/resource
initializarion
Engine startup status check
Previous power-off status check,etc.
Engine status check
Printhead installation status check
Ink tank installation status check
EEPROM check
Printhead/
ink tank check
Cassette pick-up unit initialization
Roll feed unit initialization
Roll feed unit initialization
Sensor check
Media feed system
initialization
Recovery system return to origin
Sensor check
Recovery system
initialization
Carriage motor return to origin
Carriage position
initialization
Remaining ink level detection/
Waste ink level detection
Power-on
automatic recovery operation
Capping
Waiting for print operation
F-2-2
2.2.2 Operation Sequence at Power-off
0012-6311
Turning off the power switch cuts off the drive voltage supply, launching a firmware power-off sequence as shown below.
If the power cord is disconnected from the wall outlet or the upper cover or any other cover is opend, the printer cancels the ongoing operation and shuts down
immediately. Since printhead capping may or may not have been carried out properly, reconnect the power cord to the wall out and turn on the power switch. Making
sure that the printer has entered online mode, turn off the power switch.
1. Power-off sequence
2-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
Hold down for at least once second
Power button OFF
Media ejection
If media remains,it is ejected even
when printing is in progress.
Power-off automatic recovery
Capping
Sensor system power OFF
Backup of various data
Power-off
Writing to EEPROM
F-2-3
2.2.3 Print Control
0012-6312
1. Print modes
Print methods, such as carriage and paper feed operation, are varied according to the media type, print quality, kind of print data and so forth to achieve high-quality
high-speed print free from blurring and uneven density.
Because each color prints in up to 16 passes according the print quality requirement for a print mode, uneven density problems caused by variations in the rate of
discharge among different nozzles are eliminated. Deferred print timings do not allow a new ink to overprint the preceding ink until the preceding ink has virtually
fixed, thereby reducing the chances of blurred printing.
Different operations take place even in the same print mode according to the paper setting of the print driver.
a) Draft mode
Imaging data is thinned out to print in one or two passes per band (equivalent of the length of a nozzle).
Configure the print driver for print quality Draft to enable draft mode
b) Standard mode
Imaging data prints in one to six (one, two, four or six) passes per band (equivalent of the length of a nozzle).
Configure the print driver for print quality setting Standard to enable standard mode.
c) High quality mode
Imaging data prints in two, four or eight passes per band.
Configure the print driver for print quality High to enable high quality mode.
d) Highest quality mode
Imaging data prints in eight or 16passes per band.
Configure the print driver for print quality Highest to enable highest quality mode.
Print Mode List
T-2-1
Media Type
Print
Priority
Print Quality Processing
Print resolution Print
Printing direction
(*1)
resolution
(dpi)
(dpi)
pass
Plain Paper
Plain Paper(High Quality)
Plain Paper(High Grade)
Image
draft
300
300
600
600
600
600
1200x1200
1200x1200
2400x1200
1200x1200
1200x1200
1200x1200
2
4
8
2
4
4
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
standard
High
Line drawing
/Text
draft
standard
standard
Office
document
Recycled Coated Paper
Coated Paper
Heavyweight Coated Paper
Extra Heavyweight Coated Paper
Image
standard
High
300
600
600
1200x1200
2400x1200
2400x1200
4
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
8
Highest
12
2-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
Media Type
Print
Priority
Print Quality Processing
Print resolution Print
Printing direction
(*1)
resolution
(dpi)
(dpi)
pass
Premium Matte Paper
Glossy Photo Paper
Semi-Glossy Photo Paper
Heavyweight Glossy Photo Paper
Heavyweight SemiGlos Photo Paper
Synthetic Paper
Image
standard
High
600
600
600
1200x1200
2400x1200
2400x1200
6
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
8
Highest
16
Adhesive Synthetic Paper
Backlit Film
Backprint Film
Flame-Resistant Cloth
Fabric Banner
Thin Fabric Banner
Proofing Paper
Fine Art Photo
Fine Art Heavyweight Photo
Fine Art Textured
Fine Art Watercolor
Fine Art Block Print
Canvas Matte
Canvas Semi-Glossy
Japanese Paper Washi
Colored Coated Paper
Image
standard
High
300
600
600
600
600
1200x1200
2400x1200
1200x1200
1200x1200
2400x1200
4
8
2
4
8
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
CAD Tracing Paper
CAD Translucent Matte Film
CAD Clear Film
Line drawing
/Text
draft
standard
High
*1 Uni-directional can be selected optionally from the printer driver.
2.2.4 Print Position Adjustment Function
0012-6313
This printer supports a print position adjust the vertical and horizontal print position and the bidirectional print position of the print head mounted on the carriage
and the feedrate.
Print position adjustment work in two modes: automatic adjustment, in which print position adjustment patterns printed are detected by a multi sensor attached to
the lower left part of the carriage, and manual adjustment, in which print position adjustment patterns that are slightly modified from one another are printed, so
that visually verified adjustment values can be set from the operation panel.
To make print position adjustment, A3-or-larger-sized roll media or cut media are needed.
2.2.5 Head Management
0012-6314
This printer supports a nozzle check function to spot non-discharging nozzles in the printhead.
When the printer detects a non-discharging nozzle. it starts cleaning the printhead automatically to correct its discharge failure. If cleaning does not work, the printer
backs up the non-discharging nozzle with an alternative nozzle automatically to ensure unfailing print performance.
Detection timings (automatic):
Power-on, carriage cover open detection, print start (check timing variable by selecting Nozzle Check from the system menu).
2.2.6 Printhead Overheating Protection Control
0012-6315
When an abnormal temperature rise in the printhead is detected, overheating protection control launches.
Overheating could occur in the printhaed after a spell of print operations without the nozzles being filled with inks.
Overheating protection control is implemented on the basis of the temperature detected by the head temperature sensor for each nozzle. When an abnormal temper-
ature is detected in any nozzle train, overheating protection control is exerted at one of two levels according to that temperature.
Protection level 1:
If the head temperature sensor (DI sensor) detects a temperature higher than the protection temperature, it halts the carriage temporarily at the scan end position in
the direction of travel according to the carriage scan status.
Printing resumes when the printhead radiates naturally to cool down to below a predetermined temperature or when 30 seconds or longer have elapsed since the
detection of the temperature higher than the protection temperature.
Protection level 2:
If the head temperature sensor (DI sensor) detects a temperature higher than the abnormal temperature, the printer shuts down the print operation immediately,
moving the carriage to the home position for capping, with an error indication on the display.
2.2.7 Pause between Pages
0012-6320
An inter-page function is available to prevent ink rubbing, which keeps paper just printed hanging above the platen and waiting for a predetermined period of time
before delivery.
The wait time is user-programmable from the print driver. This feature is particularly useful on paper that takes time to dry after printing, such as films.
2.2.8 White Raster Skip
0012-6322
This printer supports a white raster skip function to bypass carriage scanning in a consecutive sequence of voids in print data for added throughput.
2.2.9 Sleep mode
0012-6324
The printer has sleep mode to save on its standby power requirement.
The printer transitions to sleep mode automatically when it has been left idle or no print data has been received for a predetermined period of time while the printer
is online or offline.
The printer exits sleep mode when any operation panel key is activated or print data is received from the host computer.
The time to transition to sleep mode is variable from the operation panel (Default: 5minutes).
2-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
2.3 Printer Mechanical System
2.3.1 Outline
2.3.1.1 Outline
0012-6326
The printer mechanism is broken down into two broad sections: ink passage and paper passage.
The ink passage consists primarily of carriage unit[2] that houses ink tanks[1] and a printhead, purge unit[3] and maintenance cartridge[4], and supplies, circulates,
sucks and otherwise handles inks.
The paper passage consists of mechanical components, such as a paper feed unit[5], and is designed to feed, convey and deliver paper in two ways.
A summary description of each mechanical component of the printer is given below.
[3]
[1]
[5]
[1]
[2]
[4]
F-2-4
2.3.2 Ink Passage
2.3.2.1 Ink Passage
2.3.2.1.1 Overview of Ink Passage
0012-6328
The ink passage comprises ink tanks, a printheads, caps, a maintenance jet tray, a maintenance cartridge, ink tubes interconnecting the mechanical components of
the printer, and a suction pump that is driven to suck inks. It supplies, circulates, sucks and otherwise handles inks.
The ink passage (per color) is schematically shown below, along with the ink flow.
2-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
Mechanical Drive Unit
Ink or air flow
Carriage unit
Joint
Printhead
Ink tank
Cap
Needle(ink supply)
Needle(air passage)
Suction pump
Ink supply vavle
Piston
Agitation fin
Joint
Valve
motor
Agitation
cam
Sub buffer
Maintenance cartridge
F-2-5
a) Supplying inks from the ink tanks to the ink supply valve assembly
The ink tanks each contain an ink to feed the printhead.
Head differences allow the inks to flow from the ink tanks to the subtanks first, then to the ink supply valves.
Air is discharged through the air passage of the subtanks to keep the internal pressure of the ink tanks constant.
b) Supplying inks from the ink supply valves to the printhead
The ink stored in an ink tank flows to the printhead when the suction pipe is driven with the ink supply valve opened and the head capped.
c) Supplying inks while printing
The ink supply valves are kept open while printing, so that inks are constantly feeding to the printhead under the negative pressure of the nozzle assembly caused
by discharging inks.
Further, waste inks sucked in a cleaning operation and inks from the maintenance jet tray flow into the maintenance cartridge.
Opening all the ink passages (by opening both the ink supply valve and the printhead fixer lever with an ink tank yet to be installed) while an ink tube is filled with
an ink could cause the ink in the ink tube to flow backward due to a head difference, leaking through the hollow needle in the ink tank.
As a precaution, never open all the ink passages at the same time while the ink tubes are filled with inks.
d) Ink agitating
Ink will be agitated to prevent the element of the pigment ink from subsiding in the ink tank and the sub-tank.
The drive of valve motor is transmitted to the agitation cam, the agitation fin in a sub-tank rotates and ink in a sub-tank will be agitated. In addition, ink flows
backward by moving the piston under the needle(ink supply) up and down in the ink tank, and ink in the ink tank will be agitated.
2.3.2.2 Ink Tank Unit
2.3.2.2.1 Structure of Ink Tank Unit
0012-6329
a) Ink tanks
The ink level in each ink tank is memorized in EEPROM attached to the tank and is detected as a dot count on the basis of the EEPROM information.
When an electrode attached to a hollow needle detects no continuity, it displays a message reporting that the ink tank is nearly empty.
If the dot count reaches a predesigned value in this state, an ink out condition is assumed.
b) Ink port
Depressing the ink tank fixer lever on the printer would cause would cause a hollow needle to pierce the ink tank port sealed by a rubber plug, linking the ink passage
of the ink to the printer.
c) Air passage
Depressing the ink tank fixer lever on the printer would cause an open hollow needle to pierce the air passage sealed by a rubber plug releasing the internal pressure
of the ink tank to keep it constant.
d) Notches for preventing incorrect installation
Ink tanks are furnished with a notch for preventing incorrect installation.
If the installation of an ink tank in incorrect position is attempted, the notch would interfere with it, preventing its installation.
The ink tank fixer lever won't lower without the ink tank fully inserted to reach the mounting position, so the ink cannot be supplied.
2-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
[4]
[3]
[2]
[5]
[1]
[5]
F-2-6
T-2-2
[1] Ink tank
[2] EEPROM
[4] Air passage
[3] Ink port
[5] Notch for preventing incorrect installation
e) Subtank
The subtank installed under each ink tank complements the work of the ink tank, agitating the ink in the tank.
If the ink tank runs out of the ink while printing, the ink stored in the subtank is available, allowing the ink tank to be replaced without having to stop printing.
f) Ink supply valves
Ink tank supply valves are located halfway between the ink tanks and the ink tubes. These valves prevent the leakage of inks that might otherwise be caused by the
opening of the ink tubes on the side of the ink tanks during their replacement.
The ink supply valves are caused to open and close by the valve open/close mechanism that is activated by driving the valve motors.
The ink tank unit consists of tank bases each organized into one group of six colors, and six-color ink tubes.
The color-specific ink supply valves are linked with the valve cams so they will open and close at the same time for all colors.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[5]
[6]
F-2-7
T-2-3
[1] Agitation cam sensor
[2] Valve motor
[4] Agitation cam
[6] Ink supply valve
[8] Valve cam
[3] Valve open/closed detection sensor
[5] Ink tube
[7] Link
[9] Ink discharge tube
2-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
2.3.2.3 Carriage Unit
2.3.2.3.1 Functions of Carriage unit
0012-6330
a) Printhead mounting function
The carriage, which fixes the printhead in position mechanically, is connected to the contact of the head relay PCB.
b) Control function
The carriage carries a carriage relay PCB, which relays drive signals from the main controller PCB, a head relay PCB,which relay printhead drive signals to print-
head, a linear encoder, which generates print timing signals, and a multi sensor, which detects the width of paper and skews in it, adjusts is registration and head
height.
The carriage relay PCB is connected to the main controller PCB by a flexible cable.
c) Carriage drive function
The carriage is caused to reciprocate level on the platen by means of the carriage belt that is driven by the power imparted from the carriage motor.
d) Printhead maintenance function
This printer performs cleaning operations, such as wiping the printhead and sucking inks, with the carriage halted at its home position.
e) Nozzle check function
This printer carries out an ink discharge operation with the carriage halted at the head management sensor, locating a non-discharging nozzle in the printhead.
f) Carriage height adjustment function
If the separation between the face of the printhead and the paper (carriage height) is varied as a result of differing paper thicknesses, cockled or curled paper or other
problems, the printer is liable to mist generation as the carriage height increases or to head rubbing as the carriage height decreases.
To maintain an acceptable carriage height, the lift motor is driven according to the selected paper type, feeding method, print conditions (borderless printing/prior-
itized picture quality) , environmental condition(temperature/humidity) and multi sensor measurements to automatically adjust the separation between the face of
the printhead and the paper
The table below shows the relation between the form kind and the height of the head.
T-2-4
Height of printhead
(mm)
Media type
Remarks
1.4 (Lowest)
1.8 (Low)
Photopaper, Synthetic paper, Film, Plain paper(Line drawing)
Coated paper(Line drawing)
Capping position
2.0 (Standard)
2.2 (High)
Plain paper, Coated paper, Fabric banner
Premium matte paper, Fine art(watercolor,block print)
Canvas
2.6 (Highest)
g) Paper leading edge detection function/paper width detection function/skew detection function
The multi sensor attached to the lower left part of the carriage detects the leading edge and width of paper feeding on the platen and skews in it.
h) Automatic printhead position adjustment function
The multi sensor attached to the lower left part of the carriage reads an adjustment pattern printed on a form and adjusts the print timing of each printhead automat-
ically.
i) Remaining roll media detection function
The printer prints a bar code on roll media upon delivery. The multi sensor attached to the lower left part of the carriage indicates the remaining volume of roll media.
j) Internal unit temperature sensor
A thermistor installed on the head relay PCB detects the internal unit temperature near the printhead.
2.3.2.3.2 Structure of Carriage Unit
0012-6332
a) Printhead mount
The printhead is secured to the carriage by the printhead fixer cover and the printhead fixer lever.
When the printhead is secured to the carriage, the signal contact of the head relay PCB is pressed against that of the printhead to convey print signals.
Further, the ink passage from the ink tanks is connected to the printhead via the ink tubes.
b) Ink port
Ink is supplied to the printhead via an ink tube, which runs between the tube guides via joints to reach the carriage and follows up is motion.
2-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
[3]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]
F-2-8
T-2-5
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
Carriage motor
Printhead fixer lever
Printhead fixer cover
Electrical contact
Ink tube
c) Controller
The Carriage relay PCB is connected to the head relay PCB by means of a short flexible cable.
The flexible cable between the main controller and the carriage relay PCB follows up the motion of the carriage together with the tube guide.
A photocoupler encoder mounted in the lower part of the back of the carriage detects a linear scale reading as the carriage moves.
d) Carriage drive
Mechanical misregistrations in the vertical/horizontal and bidirectional print positions of the printhead mounted can be corrected by selecting Adjust Printer from
the main menu to shift the print timing.
A DC-operated carriage motor drives the carriage reciprocally on the platen by way of the carriage belt.
The carriage home position, or the capping position, is detected by the sensor flag on the right side of the carriage and the photointerrupter-based carriage HP sensor
on the right side of the printer. When the linear scale position is set as a reference home position for use in subsequent position control operations, the carriage motor
is driven by a control signal generated from the main controller PCB.
e) Printhead maintenance unit
This printer cleans the printhead with the carriage halted at its home position.
Wiping takes through the rotation of the motor.
Wiper blades mounted on the carriage wipe the printhead while the carriage is halted at its home position.
Wet wiping is carried out for added wiping removal performance, whereby the wiper blades are moistened with glycerin as they are pressed against an absorber
impregnated with glycerin.
Maintenance jet ejection is carried out on the cap, at the maintenance jet tray, borderless printing ink tray and on the paper surface.
A suction operation is carried out by a suction cap in the purge unit.
f) Carriage height adjustment unit
The head height is adjusted with the carriage halted at its home position.
The lift motor is driven to rotate the lift shaft within the carriage, in sync with which the lift cams on both sides of the carriage move the head holder up and down,
thereby varying the separation between the face of the printhead and the paper.
The printhead height is detected from the lift cam sensor within the carriage and the distance of rotation of the lift motor.
g) Multi sensor
The multi sensor attached to the lower left part of the carriage consists of four LEDs (red, blue, green, infrared) and two light-receiving sensors to detect the leading
edges and width of paper and skews in it, and to adjust its registration and head height.
The multi sensor standard has a white plate attached to it, so that a reference value can be calculated during carriage height measurement by measuring the intensity
of light reflected upon the white plate.
(Service mode: SERVICE MODE>ADJUST>GAP CALIB)
h) Rail cleaner
The shaft cleaner located in the right rear of the carriage helps keep the main rail clean.
i) Internal unit temperature sensor
One thermistor is installed on the head relay PCB on the back of the head holder to detect the internal unit temperature.
2-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
[1]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[10]
[12]
[9]
[8]
[11]
F-2-9
T-2-6
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
Carriage relay PCB
[7]
Shaft cleaner
Multi sensor
Head relay PCB
Lift cam sensor
Sensor flag
[8]
Maintenance jet tray
Carriage HP sensor
Multisensor reference
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
Head management sensor unit
Lift motor
Lift cam
2.3.2.4 Printhead
2.3.2.4.1 Structure of Printhead
0013-8015
Each printhead is an integrated assembly of six trains of nozzles. Capable of controlling each nozzle individually, each printhead implements discharge control for
six colors by itself.
a) Nozzle arrangement
The nozzle assembly is formed of 1,280 nozzles arranged at 600-dpi intervals in a zigzag pattern, offering a total of 2,560 nozzles 1,200-dpi intervals.
2-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
5/600inch
1/1200inch
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
2556
2558
2556
2558
2556
2558
2556
2558
2556
2558
2556
2558
2557
2559
2557
2559
2557
2559
2557
2559
2557
2559
2557
2559
82/600inch
F-2-10
b) Nozzle assembly structure
Inks supplied from the ink tanks are filtered through a mesh ink filter before being sent to the nozzle assembly.
Each nozzle train is supplied with an ink from the common nozzle chamber.
A head drive current subsequently flowing through the nozzle heater boils the ink, generating bubbles to discharge ink drops from the nozzle assembly.
Resin
Sillicon plate
Heater
Heater
Shared ink chamber
F-2-11
2.3.2.5 Purge Unit
2.3.2.5.1 Functions of Purge Unit
0012-6344
The purge unit maintains the nozzle assembly of the printhead to maintain print quality.
Functions provided by the purge unit include capping, cleaning and ink supply.
a) Capping function
The capping function presses the caps in the purge unit against the face plate of the nozzle assembly in the printhead to protect from drying and foreign matter
adherence.
Capping takes place at the end of printing, during a suction operation and when the printer stands by in the wake of an error occurrence.
The capping function connects the printhead to the ink passage of the purge unit.
b) Cleaning function
The cleaning function restores the nozzle to facilitate ink discharges through them.
It consists of the following three operations:
- Wiping operation
Wipes off paper fibers or residual inks adhering to the face plate of the printhead.
- Pumping operation
Sucks inks from the nozzle assembly and refreshes the inside of the nozzles with inks.
- Maintenance jet operation
Discharges inks from the nozzle assembly to the caps or to the maintenance jet tray and paper surface to remove bubbles in the nozzles and dust around the ink
discharge ports.
The cleaning function is described below.
2-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
T-2-7
Cleaning operation
Cleaning mode
Name
Cleaning 1
Normal cleaning
Removes fixed inks caused by dried nozzles and viscous
ink matters adhering to their faces, paperdust and so on.
Cleaning 2
Cleaning 3
Cleaning 4
Cleaning on ink level adjustment Performs normal cleaning after suction for ink level adjustment in the head.
Cleaning on initial filling
Performs normal cleaning after filling empty tubes with inks (at initial installation).
Drains the head of head replacement (inks left in the head only).
Ink drainage on head
replacement
Cleaning 5
Cleaning 6
Ink drainage on secondary
shipping
Drains the head and tubes of inks to prepare for secondary shipping.
Normal (high) cleaning
Adjusts the rate of ink filling in the head and performs higher suction to clear clogged nozzles than does
normal cleaning.
Cleaning 7
Cleaning 10
Cleaning 15
Aging
Performs maintenance jet following head replacement.
Ink filling on secondary shipping Perform normal cleaning after filling empty tubes with inks (at installation after secondary shipping).
Dot count suction
Performs a suction operation to remove fixed inks caused by dried nozzles and viscous ink matters
adhering to their faces when a predetermined dot count is reached.
Cleaning 16
Cleaning 17
A gitation on settling
Cleaning, low
Agitates the ink in an tank to keep it from settling (by opening and closing the ink supply valve),
Performs lower suction to clear clogged nozzles than does normal cleaning.
The cleaning operation is executed at the following timing.
T-2-8
Printer status
Cleaning operation
Standby
On each lapse of 168 minutes in a capped state
Maintenance jet
168 hours or more elapsed, capped
Cleaning 1
(Normal cleaning)
720 hours or more elapsed, capped
960 hours or more elapsed, capped
Cleaning 6
(Normal (high) cleaning)
Cleaning 2
(Ink level adjusting and cleaning)
Initial installation and 168 hours elapsed, capped, since the last session of Cleaning 16
agitation on settling
(Cleaning 16)
(Agitation on settling)
Power on
Initial installation
Cleaning 3
(Cleaning on initial filling)
Powered on less than 72 hours after the abnormal termination of a print Cleaning 1
operation (uncapped)
(Normal cleaning)
Powered on 72 or more hours after the abnormal termination of aprint
operation (uncapped)
Cleaning 6
(Normal (high) cleaning)
Powered on at initial installation and 168 hours elapsed, capped, since the Cleaning 16
last session of agitation and settlement
(Cleaning 16)
(Agitation on sattling)
Powered on 720 hours or more after the successful completion of a print Cleaning 6
operation (capped)
(Cleaning on ink level adjustment)
Powered off less than 960 hours after the successful completion of a print Cleaning 2
operation (capped)
(Cleaning on ink level adjustment)
Powered off
Powered off, uncapped
Wiping + Maintenance jet + Idle suction + Capping
Before the start
Before the start of a print operation less than 168 hours elapsed, capped Maintenance jet
of a print operation
Before the start of a print operation 168 hours or more elapsed, capped
Before the start of a print operation in the wake of an error occurrence
Before the start of a remaining roll media volume pattern
Cleaning 1
(Normal cleaning)
Cleaning 1
(Normal cleaning)
Temperature regulator on > Uncap > Stop and maintenance jet
> Temperature regulator off > Cap
Printing
Between scans while printing
Maintenance jet + Wiping
At the end of a print
operation
After the end of a print operation past a predetermined dot count
Cleaning 15 (dot count suction) or Cleaning 6 (normal (high)
cleaning), depending on the count
On execution of the
menu action [Head
Cleaning]
Manual cleaning
(Head cleaning A)
Cleaning 1
(Normal cleaning)
Manual cleaning
(Head cleaning B)
Cleaning 6
(Normal (high) cleaning)
On execution of the
menu action [Replace
P.head]
On execution of Replace P.head from the menu
After head replacement
Cleaning 4 (Ink drainage on head replacement)
Cleaning 2 (Cleaning on ink level adjustment)
On execution of Move After execution of Move Printer from the menu
Cleaning 5 (Ink drainage on secondary Moving)
Cleaning 10 (Ink filling after secondary shipment)
Printer from the menu
After Power-on at secondary installation
c) Ink supply function
The suction pumps in the purge unit are activated, together with ink supply valves, during initial filling and ink level adjustment to supply inks from the ink tanks
to the printhead.
2.3.2.5.2 Structure of Purge Unit
0012-6341
a) Caps
The caps cap the nozzle assembly in the left printhead during capping and cleaning. The part of the caps that comes into contact with the face plate of the nozzle
assembly is made of rubber. Two caps are in position to meet each of the printheads mounted on the carriage (six trains of nozzles).
2-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
The caps are activated to protect the nozzle assembly on capping. When the carriage moves to the home position , the caps are elevated by the cap can that is driven
by the capping motor, capping the nozzle assembly to protect it.
These caps cap the nozzle assembly to suck inks from the printhead by means of the suction pump.
Wiper unit
Carriage lockpin
Glycerin tank
Pump cam sensor
Purge motor
Cap
Pump encoder
F-2-12
b) Wipers
The wipers are driven by the purge motor to wipe the six trains of nozzles in the nozzle assembly in the printhead simultaneously.
A pair of wiper blades are in position to ensure wiping performance. The wiping operation operates on a slide wiping basis, sliding the wiper blades via wiper cams
through the normal rotation normal of the purge motor.
Wiping is executed by the wiper blades moving at a constant speed to the front of the printer after the end of a print or suction operation.
A wiper blade set perpendicularly to the head wipes the entire face of the printhead, followed by a narrower blade wiping the nozzle assembly.
The wiper blades are cleaned before they are replaced at the wiping position after wiping to preserve wiping performance.
Wiper blade cleaning is carried out by scraping off the inks that have been wiped off from the head with an ink scraper linked to the maintenance cartridge, then
wiping the blades with a blade cleaner.
Wet wiping is carried out for added wiping removal performance, whereby the wiper blades are moistened with glycerin as they are pressed against an absorber
impregnated with glycerin. The quantity of glycerin used is managed by counting the number of times the wiper blades have been pressed against the absorber.
When this count falls to equal any of the following values, either a replacement warning (continued print available) or replacement required indication (service call
error) is issued.
T-2-9
Display
Times
Replacement warning indication
Service calls
71,250 times
75,000 times
Glycerin
absorber
Printhead
Ink scraper
Wiper blades
Blade holder
Glycerin tank
Wiper cam
Cap
F-2-13
c) Pump
The pump (suction pump) is a tube pump that pressurizes the ink tubes with rotating rollers to generate a negative pressure for sucking inks.
A single tube is sequentially pressurized by a pair of rotating rollers to control the level of ink suction by a wide margin.
The timing at which the rotating rollers rotate is detected by the pump cam sensor, with the distance of rotation being controlled by the driving of the purge motor.
2-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
Cap
Pump cam sensor
Suction pump
Cap
Rotating rollers
Ink tubes
Purge motor
Pump encoder
Suction pump
F-2-14
2.3.2.6 Maintenance Cartridge
2.3.2.6.1 Maintenance cartridge
0012-6346
a) Maintenance cartridge
The maintenance cartridge holds as much about 1200 mL of used inks (about 1280 g: including the evaporation of moisture from the used inks).
b) Used maintenance cartridge ink detection
Used maintenance cartridge ink detection is monitored with regard to a dot count.
When the quantity of the used ink reaches about 960 mL (about 1024 g, 80% of the cartridge capacity), the warning message "Maintenance C Space Check" isdis-
played to tell that the maintenance cartridge is nearly full.
Printing may continue even when the warning message is displayed.
When the quantity of the used ink reaches about 1200 mL (about 1280 g, 100% of the cartridge capacity), a replacement prompt error message is displayed, telling
that the maintenance cartridge is full.
When the printer determines that the maintenance cartridge is full, it shuts down even while it is printing.
The printer will remain inoperable until the maintenance cartridge is replaced.
Memo:
- The maintenance cartridge houses EEPROM, so that engine firmware can control the status of the maintenance cartridge by writing to and reading from the
EEPROM content.
There is no need to initialize the counter information, therefore, when the maintenance cartridge is replaced.
2.3.2.7 Air Flow
2.3.2.7.1 Air flow
0014-8865
Ink mists floating during printing or springing back from the paper are collected in the mist fan unit by air flow in the printer.
Two mist fans located on the rear side of the printer makes the airflow that carries the ink mists to the mist fan unit.
F-2-15
2.3.3 Paper Path
2.3.3.1 Outline
2.3.3.1.1 Overview of Paper Path
0013-8780
The key components of the paper passage consist of a feed roller assembly, a pinch roller drive that locks and releases the pinch roller and sensors that detect the
feed status of paper. It feeds paper in trays, conveys and delivers paper.
2-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
Basic operation of the paper loading sequence
1) Multi sensor light quantity adjustment
2) Paper leading edge detection sensor
3) Paper left edge detection sensor
4) Barcode read
* Performed only if Chk Remain.Roll is turned on.
5) Paper skew detection sensor
6) Paper right edge detection sensor
7) Trim edge first detection sensor
* Performed only if Trim Edge First is turned on.
8) Leading edge cutting
* Leading edge cutting is executed under the following conditions.
a. Trim Edge First is set to Forced.
b. Trim Edge First is set to Automatic, and the need for cutting determined.
c. A barcode is detected when Chk Remain.Roll is on (forced cutting, regardless of the setting of Trim Edge First).
9) Paper leading edge detection sensor
Basic operation of the cut media loading sequence
1) Paper trailing edge detection sensor
2) Multi sensor light quantity adjustment
3) Paper width detection sensor
4) Paper leading edge detection sensor
5) Paper skew detection sensor
Memo:
Press the [
] key while the printer is offline to deliver paper, the [
] key to rewind the paper.
2-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
2.3.3.2 Paper Path
2.3.3.2.1 Structure of Feed Roller Unit
0012-6383
a) Paper feed assembly
The paper feed assembly consists of paper feeding mechanisms, such as a feed roller that is driven by the feed motor and a pinch roller unit that follows up the
motion of the feed roller.
Paper feeds horizontally under the printheads on the carriage as it is kept level on the platen to prevent cockling.
b) Sensors
The paper feed assembly includes sensors for detecting the status of paper feeding and that of the mechanical components that make up the paper passage.
For more details, see Technical Explanation > Detection Functions.
c) Roll media drive
The paper feed assembly is complete with a roll media spool drive unit to prevent roll media from slacking as they feed. The roll media spool drive unit rewinds
roll media by turning on the rewind clutch. The rewind clutch turns on only when roll media feed rearward. Driving force is imparted from the feed motor to rotate
the roll holder for rewinding the media. The rewind clutch remains off when roll media feed forward.
Pinch roller
Feed roller
Printhead
Roll media
Paper release lever
Roll holder
Roll media spool drive unit
F-2-16
2.3.3.3 Cutter Unit
2.3.3.3.1 Structure of the cutter unit
0012-6386
If the print driver is configured to use a cutter with roll media, cutter unit attached to the left side of the carriage cuts roll media automatically. Cutter unit won't cut
roll media if the print driver is configured otherwise.
2.4 Printer Electrical System
2.4.1 Outline
2.4.1.1 Overview
0014-8871
The printer electrical system consists of the main controller PCB and power supply PCB which are mounted on the back side of the printer, the carriage relay PCB,
the head relay PCB, and printhead which are mounted in the carriage, the operation panel on the right upper cover and other electrical components such as sensors,
and motors.
The main controller PCB manages the image data processing and the entire electrical system, and controls relay PCBs and driver functions.
2-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
Printhead
Head relay PCB
Temperature
read control
DI Sensor
read control
Multi sensor
control
Multi sensor
Carriagerelay PCB
Image data
demodulating
Printhead drive
power generation
Interface
control
Maintenance cartridge
relay PCB
Host computer
Operation panel
Image data control
Operation panel
control
Remaining ink
detection
Ink tank
Sensor
detection
Sensors
Purge motor
Valve motor
Carriage motor
Fans
Feed motor
Lift motor
Motor control
Media take-up PCB
Motor control
Fans control
Solenoids control
EEPROM control
Solenoids
Maincontroller
Media take-up
motor
Power supply
+5.1V generation
AC inlet
+32V generation
F-2-17
2.4.2 Main Controller
2.4.2.1 Main controller components
0014-8872
IC3203
IC1
IC2802
IC601
IC602
IC603
IC604
IC2900
IC3900
IC701 IC2
IC3100 IC802
F-2-18
a) ASIC(IC1,IC2)
The ASIC(IC1/IC2) with a 32/16-bit internal bus is driven in sync with the 132/66 MHz external clock. It supports the following functions:
Image processing unit
This unit converts the RGB multi-bit image data or CMYK multi-bit data received from the host computer through the interface connector to the binary image data
for the ink colors used.
DMA controller
This controller controls the input interfaces such as the USB and expansion card slot as well as DMA transfer of the data to be stored in the DIMM.
Image data generation/output function
This function generates image data for color printing from the received image data and the mask pattern (corresponding to print mode) stored in the DIMM, and
store the generated image data in another DIMM. It also outputs the generated image data to the carriage relay PCB.
Interrupt controller
This controller receives and processes internal interrupts and external interrupts from the USB, image processing unit, and expansion card slot.
Timer function
2-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
Even when the printer is turned off, the timer function is held on using the RTC and secondary lithium battery to assist the cleaning function.
When the power cord is plugged to the outlet, power is supplied to the RTC and therefore the secondary lithium battery power is not consumed.
Heat Enable signal control function
This function uses the pulse width to perform variable control of the time of application of the Heat Enable signal to the nozzle heater for each nozzle array (PWM
control).
Linear scale count function
This function reads the linear scale when the carriage moves, thus generating the ink jet timing. It also counts the linear scale timing cycle using the reference clock
to measure the carriage moving speed.
Dot count function
This function counts the fired dots used as the information for Heat Enable signal control, maintenance jet control, cleaning control, and remaining ink level for
each nozzle array.
Operation panel control function
This function controls serial communication with the operation panel.
PWM control function
This function controls driving of the suction fan and mist fan as well as the temperature of the printhead.
Remaining ink level detection function
This function detects the remaining level of each color of ink based on the signal received from the hollow needle mounted in the ink tank unit.
LED control function
This function controls the LEDs on the ink tank unit.
I/O port function
This function controls input signals from sensors.
Power ON/OFF control function
This function controls turning on/off of the drive power (32V and 5.1V) supplied from the power supply PCB.
Head DI sensor read control function
This function controls read operation by the head DI sensor.
Multi sensor control function
This function controls the LED, gain adjustment, and controls obtainment of the reading of the multi sensor.
EEPROM control function
This function controls the EEPROMs of individual ink tanks, the maintenance cartridge EEPROM, the EEPROM on the maintenance cartridge relay PCB, and the
head EEPROM in addition to the on-board EEPROM.
Motor control function
This function controls the carriage motor, feed motor, valve motor, purge motor, lift motor based on the input signals from sensors.
b) Driver IC (IC3100)
This IC generates a carriage motor control signal based on the control signal from the ASIC.
c) Driver IC (IC2802)
This IC generates feed motor control signal based on the control signal from the ASIC.
d) Driver IC (IC2900)
This IC generates purge motor and valve motor(R) control signals based on the control signal from the ASIC.
e) Driver IC (IC3900)
This IC generates valve motor(L) control signals based on the control signal from the ASIC.
f) Regulator IC (IC3203)
This IC generates the 3.3 V to be supplied to the tank ROM board.
g) DIMMs (IC601, IC602, IC603, IC604)
The DIMM comprising a 512-MB DDR-SDRAM and a 128-MB SDR-SDRAM is connected to the 32-bit data bus to be used as a work area.
During print data reception, it is also used as an image buffer. It cannot be expanded.
h) FLASH ROM (IC701)
A 128-MB flash ROM is connected to the 8-bit data bus to store the printer control program.
i) EEPROM (IC802)
The 128-KB EEPROM stores various setting values, adjustment values, log data, counter values related to the user/servicing.
MEMO:
After replacement of the main controller PCB, the printer must be started up in the service mode to take over the setting and adjustment values to the new PCB
properly (the service mode will be switched to the PCB replacement mode automatically).
2-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
2.4.3 Carriage Relay PCB
2.4.3.1 Carriage relay PCB components
0012-6406
F-2-19
a) Image data relay function
This function relays the image data from the main controller PCB to the printhead.
The function for processing image data is not supported.
b) Sensor relay function
This function relays the input signals from the multi sensor, lift cam sensor, carriage cover sensor, and linear encoder to the main controller PCB.
2.4.4 Head Relay PCB
2.4.4.1 Head relay PCB components
0013-7762
IC501
IC502
IC301
IC401
F-2-20
a) Latch IC (IC301,IC401)
DI sensor read control function
Obtains reading value of the DI sensor in the printhead and the head rank value for each color and outputs them to the main controller based on the control commands
from the main controller.
Environment temperature read control function
Outputs the environment temperature detected by the thermistor on the head relay PCB to the main controller based on the control commands from the main con-
troller.
Relay function of the power to the logic components in the printhead
Supplies the power to the logic components in the printhead based on the control commands from the main controller.
b) Multi sensor control IC (IC501,IC502)
These IC's generates the LED control signals and makes gain adjustment for the multi sensor.
c) Image data relay function
This function relays the image data from the main controller PCB to the printhead.
d) Sensor relay function
This function relays the input signals from the multi sensor, lift cam sensor, carriage cover sensor, and linear encoder to the main controller PCB.
2.4.5 Motor Driver
2.4.5.1 Media take-up unit components
0014-2480
IC104
F-2-21
a) Driver IC (IC104)
Media take-up motor drive function
This function controls the Media take-up motor based on the control signals from the main controller.
Sensor relay function
This function relays the input signals from the Media take-up paper detection sensor and Media take-up on/off sensor to the main controller PCB.
2-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
2.4.6 Maintenance Cartridge Relay PCB
2.4.6.1 Maintenance cartridge relay PCB components
0013-6532
IC 1
F-2-22
a) EEPROM (IC1)
The 128-KB EEPROM stores all information written in the EEPROM on the main controller PCB.
2.4.7 Power Supply
2.4.7.1 Power supply block diagram
0012-6414
AC inlet
100V to 240V
Operation panel
POWER ON
Main controller PCB
Power supply
DC power supply
control circuit
+32V
Noize filter circuit
generation circuit
Transformer
+5V/+3.3V
+5.1V
Rectifying circuit
generation circuit
generation circuit
F-2-23
The power supply converts AC voltages ranging from 100 V to 240 V from the AC inlet to DC voltages for driving the ICs, motor, and others.
The voltage generator circuits include the +32 V generation circuit for driving motors, fans, and the +5.1V generator circuit for driving sensors, logic circuits.
When in the power saving mode, the power supply cut outs the +32 V and the +5.1 V.
Power ON/OFF operation is controlled by the main controller PCB. When the upper cover is open, the power supply cut outs only the +32V power to the carriage.
2.5 Detection Functions with Sensors
2.5.1 Cover system
0012-6490
Upper cover lock switch (L) / (R)
The microswitch-based upper cover lock switches detect the open/closed states of the upper cover.
When the upper cover close, the switches are pressed to detect the closed state of the upper cover.
The printer has one switch installed on the left and right sides each to prevent one-sided closure of the upper cover.
Ink tank cover switches (L) / (R)
The microswitch-based ink tank cover switches detect the open/closed states of ink tank covers.
When an ink tank cover closes, the switches are pressed to detect the closed state of the ink tank cover.
Pressure release switch
The microswitch-based pressure release switch detects the status of the paper release lever.
When the paper release lever closes, the switch is pressed to detect the closed state of the paper release lever.
2-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
Ink tank cover switch
Pressure release switch
Upper cover lock switch
F-2-24
2.5.2 Ink passage system
0012-6492
Agitation cam sensor
Valve open/closed
detection sensor
Pump cam sensor
Pump encoder
Head management sensor
F-2-25
Pump cam sensor
As the cam rotates, it shields the sensor light of the photointerrupter-based pump cam sensor or allows it to be transmitted. the status of the purge unit, such as
capped, suction, and wiping, is detected in a Combination of the status of detection by the pump cam sensor and the control of pump motor rotation by the pump
encoder sensor.
2-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
Rotary flag
Sensor
- Carriage lock
- Capping
- Suction
- Air passage valve open
- Idle suction
- Printing
- Suction during printing
- Wiping
- Carriage lock
- Air passage
- Carriage move
- Maintenance jet
- Idle suction
F-2-26
Pump encoder
The photointerrupter-based sensor reads slits in the encoder film of the Purge motor and controls the amount of its rotaion accordingly.
Slits
Sensor
F-2-27
Valve open/closed detection sensor
The photointerrupter-based valve open/closed detection sensor detects the status of the valve.
The sensor detects that the ink supply valve is open when the sensor light is shielded by a flag linked with the valve cam.
Agitation cam sensor
The photointerrupter-based agitation cam sensor detects the status of the agitation cam.
The sensor detects the agitation cam home position when the sensor light allows it to be transmitted.
Ink detection sensor
The ink detection sensor detects the presence or absence of the ink in an ink tank with respect to the status of continuity between two hollow needles.
When the ink level in the tank falls to a point below the wall surrounding the hollow needles in the air passage, continuity with the hollow needle on the ink supply
side is disrupted, causing the sensor to detect that the ink is out.
Ink tank
Wall
Rubber plug
Needle (ink supply)
Needle(air passage)
F-2-28
Head management sensor
The phototransmitter-based head management sensor detects the status of ink discharge from the printhead.
The carriage iteratively moves and stops at the detection position for each nozzle train, discharging inks nozzle by nozzle while it is halted.
The sensor detects discharging nozzles from the voltage changes produced by the drops of an ink discharged from one nozzle at a time shielding the sensor light.
2-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
Printhead
Nozzle unit
Head management
sensor unit
F-2-29
2.5.3 Carriage system
0012-6495
Linear encoder
Carriage cover sensor
Head relay PCB
Multi sensor
Linear scale
Lift cam sensor
Carriage HP sensor
F-2-30
Carriage cover sensor
The photointerrupter-based carriage cover sensor detects the opening and closing of the carriage sensor.
When the carriage cover is closed, the sensor light is shielded by the sensor arm, enabling the sensor to detect that the carriage cover is closed.
Carriage HP sensor
The photointerrupter-based carriage HP sensor detects the home position of the carriage.
Installed on the right side plate of the printer, the sensor detects an edge of the carriage home position on the carriage unit under carriage unit under carriage move-
ment control.
The printer establishes the carriage home position from the position at which its edge is detected as a reference position.
Linear encoder
Mounted on the back of the carriage, the linear encoder detects the position of the carriage from a slit in the linear scale during its movement.
Lift cam sensor
A photointerrupter-based sensor. After the sensor light is shielded by the flag, the lift motor is driven by a predetermined number of pulses to regulate the separation
between the printheads and platen automatically.
Ambient temperature sensor
The thermostat-based ambient temperature sensor mounted on the head relay PCB detects the ambient temperature to which the carriage is exposed.
The resistance of the thermistor that varies as a function of temperature changes in the printer is transmitted to the main controller via the carriage relay PCB.
The ambient temperature is used to help calibrate the head temperature sensor and detect abnormal ambient temperatures.
Head temperature sensor
The head temperature sensor detects the temperature of the printhead.
The printhead temperature is transmitted to the main controller via the carriage relay PCB.
The printhead temperature is used to help control the head drive and detect abnormal printhead temperatures.
Printhead contact detection
The printhead contact detects the status of printhead installation by electrical means.
The contact detects the status of contact from voltage changes in the flexible cables on the carriage side that come into contact with two terminals of the printhead
with remote contact surfaces, the power terminals and GND terminal.
2-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
Multi sensor
The photoreflector-based multi sensor consists of four LEDs (red, blue, green, infrared) and two light-receiving sensors to detect the leading edges and width of
paper and skews in it, and to adjust its registration, head height and calibration.
At head height adjustment, the two light-receiving sensors detect infrared light reflected upon the paper to work out the head height from differences in its meas-
urement.
LED(red)
LED(green) LED(blue)
Infrared sensor
Infrared LED
Media
Platen
F-2-31
2.5.4 Paper path system
0014-8916
Feed roller HP sensor
Media sensor
Feed roller
encoder
F-2-32
Media sensor
The photoreflector-based media sensor detects the presence or absence of paper on the platen.
The sensor detects the presence of paper when it receives sensor light reflected upon the paper.
Feed roller HP sensor
The feed roller HP sensor detects transitions from white (transmitted), or a reference, to black (shielded) when the printer is switched on, thereby setting the home
position of feed roller eccentricity correction.
Feed roller encoder
The feed roller encoder is driven to detect the length of paper feeding for each rotation of the feed roller from encoder slits.
2.5.5 Humidity sensor
0013-8116
Humidity sensor
F-2-33
2-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
Humidity sensor
The humidity sensor detects the temperature and relative humidity around the printer to implement head height adjustment, maintenance jet control, waste ink evap-
oration calculation and suction fan control on the basis of the temperature and relative humidity thus measured.
2.5.6 Media take-up Unit
0013-8115
Media take-up on/off sensor
OFF
ON
Media take-up
paper detection sensor
F-2-34
Media take-up on/off sensor
The photointerrupter-based media take-up on/off sensor detects the switch status of the media take-up unit.
When the media take-up switch is set to ON, the sensor arm transmits the sensor light, power-on the media take-up unit.
When the media take-up switch is set to OFF, the sensor arm shields the sensor light, shutting down the media take-up unit.
Media take-up paper detection sensor
When the sensor light is shielded by a loop of printed paper, the media take-up motor rotates to take up the paper.
2-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Contents
3.1.1.1 Making Pre-Checks.........................................................................................................................................................................................3-1
3.1.2.3 Installing the Printer........................................................................................................................................................................................3-6
3.1.2.4 Installing the Basket........................................................................................................................................................................................3-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
3.1 Installation
3.1.1 Making Pre-Checks
3.1.1.1 Making Pre-Checks
0014-8917
Follow the instructions in the included "Quick Start Guide" when installing the product.
Refer to the package size and weight listed below for smooth carrying in and installation of the product.
T-3-1
Package size and weight
(including palette)
2070mm (W) x 1050mm (D) x 860mm (H)
Approx. 168Kg
1) Installation space
Height
F-3-1
Width and depth
200mm
(7.9")
200mm
(7.9")
[W] 1893mm (74.5")
2293mm (90.3")
F-3-2
3.1.2 Unpacking and Installation
3.1.2.1 Checking the Contents
0014-8918
1) Check for the components.
a) Printer
3-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
5
4
6
5
7
1
2
3
F-3-3
T-3-2
1
3
5
7
Printer
2
4
6
Roll holder
Power cord
Printheads (2pcs.)
Ink tanks (12 colors)
Hex wrench
Eject supports (4pcs.)
b) Stand and basket
3
4
2
7
1
9
12
8
15
13
6
14
11
10
5
F-3-4
T-3-3
1
3
5
7
Basket unit
2
4
6
8
Basket rod
Bottom stand stay
Right stand leg
Top stand stay
Left stand leg
Basket arm L
Rod holder (2pcs.)
3-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
9
Basket arm R
10 Leg cover (2pcs.)
12 M8 hex bolts (8pcs.)
14 Hex wrench
11 Rod holder adapter (2pcs.)
13 Spanner
15 M4 hex screws (20pcs.)
c) Media take-up unit (option)
2
4
11
10
3
1
6
12
8
5
9
7
F-3-5
T-3-4
1
3
5
7
9
Weight flange 1 / 2 (2pcs. each)
Media take-up unit R
Media take-up spool
3-inch adapter (2pcs.)
Hex wrench
2
4
6
8
Media take-up unit L
Media take-up unit mounting bracket L / R
Media take-up sensor unit
M4 hex screws (16pcs.)
10 Weight joint
11 Weight roll
12 Cord holder (2pcs.)
3.1.2.2 Assembling the Stand
0014-8921
Assemble the stand.
Stand assembly requires two or more people working on a flat floor. Assembling the stand alone may cause injury or accidental bending of the stand.
Stand casters are locked at the time of factory shipment. Do not release the lock until the stand has been fully assembled. In addition, release the lock before moving
the stand. Moving the stand while the casters are locked may scratch the floor or cause injury.
1) Position the left stand leg and right stand leg so that the markings on the bottom are right-side up and can be read. Insert the left side of the bottom stand stay
into the side slot [1] of the left stand leg, and insert the right side of the bottom stand stay into the side slot [2] of the right stand leg.
3-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
[1]
[2]
F-3-6
2) Secure the bottom stand stay to the left stand leg and the right stand leg using four M4 hex screws on each side.
F-3-7
3) Hold one end of the stand while a partner holds the other end. Rotate both end of the stand at the same time to stand it upright.
F-3-8
Rotate both ends of the stand simultaneously when standing the stand upright. Rotating only one side before the other may bend the stand and cause problems in
assembly.
4) Insert the left end of the top stand stay into the side hole [1] on the left stand leg, and insert the right end of the top stand stay into the side hole [2] on the right
stand leg, pushing the stay in completely.
3-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
[1]
[2]
F-3-9
MEMO:
Insert the left end of the top stand stay first. The right end can only be pushed into a restricted position.
5) Secure the top stand stay to the left and right stand legs using the four M8 hex bolts on each side.
[1]
[1]
F-3-10
6) Attach the leg cover to the left and right stand legs. Insert the protrusion [1] of the leg cover into the groove [2] of the top stand stay. Insert the protrusion [3] of
the leg cover into the groove [4] of the bottom stand stay.
[1]
[2]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[4]
[3]
[3]
F-3-11
7) Secure the leg cover to the left and right stand legs using one M4 hex screws on each side.
3-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
F-3-12
3.1.2.3 Installing the Printer
0014-8924
Installing the printer must be done by more than four people.
1) Remove the black belts from around the printer and remove the top packaging material.
F-3-13
2) While two people are holding the carrying handles under the printer on one end and lifting the printer a little, have a third person to remove the packaging material
from under the printer.
Also remove the packaging material on the other side of the printer by the same way.
F-3-14
3) Hold the carrying handles under the printer by two to three people on each side, lift the printer.
3-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
F-3-15
F-3-16
The printer weighs approximately 111kg (244.7lb). Moving the printer requires at least four people, two on either side. Be careful to avoid back strain and other
injuries.
When moving the printer, firmly grasp the carrying handles under each side. Holding the printer at other positions is dangerous and may cause injury and damage
if the printer is dropped.
4) Align the triangles on the back of the printer and the stand when setting the printer on the stand. Secure the printer and the stand firmly together using four M4
hex screws on each side.
F-3-17
3.1.2.4 Installing the Basket
0014-8929
Install the basket.
1) Insert the basket arm R [1] in the hole [2] on the right side of the bottom stand stay. Insert the right side [3] of the middle basket rod in the hole [4] of the basket
arm R.
3-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
[2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
F-3-18
2) Insert the left side of the middle basket rod to the basket arm L [1] [A], than push in the arm fully into the hole on the left side of the bottom stand stay [B]. Secure
the basket arm L [1] and R [2] using one M4 hex screw on each side [C].
[1]
[12]
[B]
[A]
[C]
[C]
F-3-19
3) Attach the rod holder to the rod holder adapter.
F-3-20
4) Insert the rod holder into each hole on the back of each stand leg.
3-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
F-3-21
5) Spread out the basket unit with white tag [1] of the basket cloth at the front on the right side and the black cord [2] at the back.
[2]
[1]
F-3-22
6) Insert the basket rod (in the middle of the basket cloth) in the hole [1] on the bottom of the rod holder, and thread the black cord from the back through the hook
[2] on the top of the rod holder.
3-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
[2]
[1]
F-3-23
7) Pull out the basket cloth with the edge facing out. Bringing the edge of the basket cloth inside may prevent paper ejection.
F-3-24
8) Attach the basket rod (at the front of the basket unit) to the tips [1] of the basket arm L and R.
3-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
[1]
F-3-25
9) Pull the basket rod [1] (at the front of the basket unit) all the way out and lift the rod to lock the rod in place.
[1]
F-3-26
3.1.2.5 Installing the Media Take-Up Unit (Option)
0014-8925
Install the media take-up unit (option)
1) In case the basket is installed, lift the front basket rod [1] gently to release the lock, lower the rod toward the front, and push it all the way back. Remove the front
basket rod from the basket arms L and R, than roll up the basket cloth and put it behind the bottom stand stay.
3-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
[1]
F-3-27
2) Firmly secure the left and right media take-up unit mounting brackets to the front [1] and the back [2] of the top stand stay using four M4 hex screws on each side.
3-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
[1]
[2]
F-3-28
3) Hook up the hole [1] of the left media take-up unit with the protrusion [2] of the left media take-up unit mounting bracket, and hook up the hole [3] of the right
media take-up unit with the protrusion [4] on the right media take-up unit mounting bracket. Secure the media take-up units firmly by using three M4 hex screws
[5] on each side.
3-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
[3]
[2]
[1]
[4]
[5]
[5]
F-3-29
4) Place the media take-up sensor unit under the bottom stand stay, than pull up the cord of the media take-up sensor unit through the hole of the right stand leg.
F-3-30
5) With the media take-up sensor unit against the underside of the bottom stand stay and the right stand leg, insert M4 hex screws in the three holes [1] and slide
the screws out of the way toward the narrow end of the protruding holes. Insert M4 hex screws in the small holes [2] as well. Than, tighten all five M4 hex screws
firmly.
3-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
[1]
[2]
[2]
[1]
[1]
F-3-31
Arrange the basket cloth and basket rod so they do not interfere with the media take-up sensor (indicated by the dotted line).
F-3-32
6) Plug the cord of the media take-up sensor unit into the right media take-up unit.
3-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
F-3-33
7) Attach the cord holders [1] to the holes of the top stand stay. Bring the power cord of the right media take-up unit to the back of the printer and pass the cord
through the cord holders. After passing the cord behind the holders, plug the cord into the power supply connector on the back of the printer.
[1]
F-3-34
When plugging in the power cord, be careful about the positions of the prongs. It may damage the cord or connector if you force the cord into the connector.
8) Load the left side of the media take-up spool on the media take-up unit so that the gear [1] on the right side of the media take-up spool meshes with the gear [2]
of the right media take-up unit.
3-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
OFF
ON
[2]
[1]
F-3-35
F-3-36
F-3-37
3.1.2.6 Removing Protection Materials
0014-8930
1) Remove the tape and other packaging material used to secure the printer.
2) Open the upper cover.
3) Lift the release lever [1] [A], remove the protective sheet [2] from the platen, and lower the release lever again [B].
3-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
[A]
[2]
[B]
[1]
F-3-38
4) Remove the screw and remove the belt stopper [1].
[1]
F-3-39
MEMO:
Keep the belt stopper, screw, and the hex wrench which have been removed since these are needed when moving the printer to another location later.
Neglecting to attach the belt stopper may cause damage to the printer when moving the printer to another location.
5) Lift the ejection guide.
F-3-40
6) Attach four eject supports [1] on the back of the ejection guide.
3-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
[1]
F-3-41
7) Close the ejection guide and the upper cover.
F-3-42
3.1.3 Checking the Images/Operations
3.1.3.1 Checking the Image and Operation
0014-1896
Turn on the printer. Load the print heads, ink tanks, and media following the instructions shown on the operation panel.
Install the printer driver in the PC, and carry out test printing.
3-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Contents
4.3.8 Feeder unit ................................................................................................................................................................................ 4-17
4.3.9 Purge unit................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
4.1 Service Parts
4.1.1 Service parts
0012-6508
The service parts indicated below require careful handling.
1. Keep all packages with the warning not to turn over.
Pay careful attention to all individually packaged service part (carriage unit, purge unit, ink tank unit, and other parts) boxes marked "This side up" and handle
appropriately.
F-4-1
2. Feed roller
The feed roller is a functionally important part. Therefore, be careful that the roller is not scratched or marked during storage or transport of the service parts, when
removing them from the individual boxes, when assembling, or performing any other
operations.
For details about handling of the feed roller, refer to DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly > Feeder unit a) Handling
of the feed roller.
4.2 Disassembly/Reassembly
4.2.1 Diassembly/Reassembly
0014-8946
See Parts Catalog for the process of disassembly and reassembly except for the following main units.
Main units are the following four units.
1.Carriage unit
2.Ink tube unit
3.Purge unit
4.Ink tank unit
The parts layout illustrations in parts catalog have figure numbers according to the disassembly procedure of the product.
Main unit disassembly and assembly flows
* Ink drainage in a dotted line performs manual or automatic either.
4-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
1. Carriage Unit Disassembly Flow
<Legend >
c: Connector h: Hook s: Screw
Printer
Automatic ink drain
Move the carriage to
above the platen
Left/right circle cover (L) (h1)
Left/right circle cover (S) (h1)
Left/right side covers (s3, h2)
Left/right printheads
Left/right joint bases
Ink tube cover (s2)
Ink tube joint
Upper left/upper right covers
(h1)
Rear cover right (s4)
Rear cover left (s2)
Carriage PCB cover (s4)
Flexible cable (c3)
Left/right tank cover units
(s3)
Head management sensor
(s1)
Pulley base (s3)
Lift unit (s5)
Cutter unit
Open left/right ink tank units
(s4)
Upper rear cover (s5)
Upper cover
Carriage unit
Manual ink drain
F-4-2
4-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
2. Ink Tube Unit Disassembly Flow
<Legend > c: Connector h: Hook s: Screw
Printer
Left/right printhead
Left/right joint bases
Automatic ink drain
Left/right circle covers (L) (h1)
Left/right circle covers (S) (h1)
Left/right side covers (s3, h2)
Ink tube cover (s2)
Ink tube joint
Carriage PCB cover (s4)
Upper left/upper right covers
(h1)
Flexible cable (c3)
Rear cover right (s4)
Rear cover left (s2)
Head management sensor
(s1)
Pulley base (s3)
Lift unit (s5)
Left/right tank cover unit (s3)
Open left/right ink tank units
(s4)
Cutter unit
Upper rear cover (s5)
Upper cover
Carriage unit
Flexible cable (c5)
Manual ink drain
Cable fixer base (s3)
Ink tube unit
Move the carriage to
above the platen
F-4-3
3. Purge Unit Disassembly Flow
<Legend > c: Connector h: Hook s: Screw
Printer
Right circle cover (L) (h1)
Right circle cover (S) (h1)
Right side covers (s3, h2)
Upper right cover (h1)
Operation panel (h1, c2)
Right front cover (s2)
Move the carriage to
above the platen
Purge unit (c1, s3)
F-4-4
4-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
4. Ink Tank unit Disassembly Flow
<Legend > c: Connector h: Hook s: Screw
Printer
Right circle cover (L) (h1)
Right circle cover (S) (h1)
Right side covers (s3, h2)
Automatic ink drain
Left/right tank cover units
(s3)
Left/right tank cover units
(s3)
Move the carriage to
above the platen
Manual ink drain
Drain the ink in subtanks
Remove the left/right
ink tube joints
Ink tank unit(c5, s2)
F-4-5
4.3 Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly
4.3.1 Note on locations prohibited from disassembly
0012-6514
Points where disassembly is forbidden because they are not accessible to a market adjustment are marked by red screws.
F-4-6
4.3.2 Moving the carriage manually
0014-8950
When moving the carriage, hold it by handle [1] shown below.
Move the carriage as required during assembly and disassembly to prevent the carriage from contacting the parts to be removed.
You cannot move the carriage when capping has been performed. Refer to DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > Points to Notes on Disassembly and Reassembly
> Opening the caps and moving the wiper unit to remove the caps, and then move the carriage.
4-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[1]
F-4-7
4.3.3 Units requiring draining of ink
0014-8953
When disassembling the following units of the ink passage, drain the filled ink completely to prevent ink leakage. For how to drain the ink, refer to DISASSEM-
BLY/REASSEMBLY > Points to Notes on Disassembly and Reassembly > Draining the ink.
[1] Carriage unit
Refer to DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > Points to Notes on Disassembly and Reassembly > Carriage unit.
[2] Ink tube unit
Refer to DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > Points to Notes on Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink tube unit.
[3] Ink tank unit
Refer to DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > Points to Notes on Disassembly and Reassembly >Ink tank unit.
4.3.4 External covers
0014-8958
a) Left circle cover (L)/Right circle cover (L)
Removing left circle cover (L)/right circle cover (L)
1) To remove circle cover (L) [1], insert flathead screwdriver [2] at the position indicated to remove claw [3] and turn the cover forward to remove.
[1]
[2]
[3]
F-4-8
Installing left circle cover (L)/right circle cover (L)
1) Install circle cover (L) [1] with its part [2] inserted in arrow mark [3] of the right side cover and turn the cover backward to install.
4-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[1]
[3]
[2]
F-4-9
b) Left circle cover (S)/Right circle cover (S)
Removing the left circle cover (S)/right circle cover (S)
1) Remove circle cover (S) [1] by turning it forward to remove the hook
[1]
F-4-10
Installing left circle cover (S)/right circle cover (S)
1) Install circle cover (S) [1] with its part [2] inserted in part [3] of the right side cover and turn the cover rearward to install.
[2]
[3]
[1]
F-4-11
c) Left/ right side covers
Removing the left/ right side covers
1) To remove left/ right side covers [1], remove left/ right circle cover (L) and left/ right circle cover (S).
2) Remove three screws [2] and two hooks [3], and remove the cover by their bottom side.
4-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[1]
[3]
[2]
F-4-12
d) Operation panel
Removing the operation panel
1) To remove the operation panel[1], remove hook [2] with a flathead screwdriver and remove two connectors [3].
[3]
[2]
[1]
F-4-13
e) Upper left cover/upper right cover
Removing the upper left cover/upper right cover
1) To remove upper left/upper right cover [1], remove left/ right circle cover (L), left/ right circle cover (S) and left/ right side covers.
2) Insert a flathead screwdriver at the indicated position to remove hook [2].
4-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[1]
[2]
F-4-14
f) Right front cover
Removing the right front cover
1) To remove right front cover [1], remove right circle cover (L), right circle cover (S), right side covers, upper right cover the operation panel.
2) Remove two screws [2].
[2]
[1]
F-4-15
g) Rear cover, right/ rear cover, left
Removing the rear cover, right/ rear cover, left
1) To remove rear cover right [1], remove four screws [2].
2) To remove rear cover, left [3], remove the rear cover right and two screws [4].
[3]
[1]
[4]
[2]
F-4-16
h) Lower rear cover, right/ left, filter cover
Removing the lower rear cover, right/ left, filter cover
1) To remove lower rear cover, right [1] , remove four screws [2].
2) To remove lower rear cover, left [3], remove two screws [4].
3) To remove filter cover [5], remove screw [6].
4-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[5]
[1]
[3]
[6]
[4]
[2]
F-4-17
i) Left/ right ink tank cover units
Removing the left/ right ink tank cover units
1) To remove left/ right ink tank cover unit [1] , remove three screws [2], open tank cover [3] and remove two hooks [4].
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[2]
F-4-18
j) Ink tank units
Opening the ink tank units
1) To open the left/right ink tank units, remove left/ right circle cover (L), left/ right circle cover (S), left/ right side covers, upper left/ right cover and left/ right ink
tank cover unit.
2) Remove two screws [1].
3) Remove screw [2] from the support plate at inner side of the printer.
4) Remove screw [4] from the support plate [3] at outer side of the printer, loosen screw [5] and slide the support plate to open the ink tank unit.
4-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[3]
[5]
[4]
[2]
[1]
F-4-19
The ink tank units will lock themselves when they are opened to the maximum allowable angle.
Be sure to open the ink tank unit to their maximum allowable angle to prevent them from turning over.
k) Upper rear cover
Removing the upper rear cover
1) To remove the upper rear cover, remove left/ right circle cover (L), left/ right circle cover (S), left/ right side covers , upper left/upper right cover, rear cover,
right/ left , and left/ right ink tank cover units and then open the left/ right ink tanks.
2) Remove two screws [1] on front side of the printer and three screws [2] on the rear side, and then remove upper rear cover [3].
[1]
[3]
[1]
[2]
F-4-20
Note on installing the upper rear cover
1) Fit three rear-panel screws [1] into screw holes on the right side.
[1]
F-4-21
l) Upper cover
Removing the upper cover
1) To remove the upper cover, remove left/ right circle covers (L), left/ right circle covers (S), left/ right side covers , upper left/upper right covers, rear cover left/
right , right cover unit and upper rear cover.
2) Remove upper cover [2] while opening left/right arm stays [1] outward one by one.
4-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[1]
[2]
[1]
[2]
[2]
F-4-22
m) Release lever
Removing the release lever
1) To remove release lever [1], remove the purge unit and then remove the release lever. To do so, keep pinch roller [2] pressurized to ease to work of phase
alignment during gear installation.
Reinstalling the release lever
1) To install the release lever, align the gear of the release lever with mark [3] (phase) in the receiving gear.
[2]
[3]
[1]
F-4-23
4.3.5 Drive unit
0014-8962
a) Feed motor
Removing the feed motor
1) To remove feed motor [1], loosen four screws [2] and remove timing belt [3] and spring [4].
2) Remove four loosened screws [2] to release feed motor [1] and remove the connector.
Reinstalling the feed motor
To reassemble the feed roller drive timing belt [3] into position, set the tension of timing belt [3] by adjusting the pressure of spring [4]. Then, fix feed motor [1].
4-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[3]
[2]
[1]
[2]
[2]
[4]
F-4-24
b) Action to take after replacing the feed roller HP sensor, feed roller encoder and feed roller
This printer as shipped has the feed roller eccentricity (that is, variations in the rate of paper feed from rotation to rotation) corrected for enhanced media feed ac-
curacy. When the feed roller HP sensor or feed roller encoder and feed roller pertaining to the correction of eccentricity variations has been replaced, therefore,
they should require adjustment.
Execute service mode under the following conditions to launch automatic adjustment:
Service mode: SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN > LF TUNING
Media type: Glossy photo paper
4.3.6 Carriage unit
0014-8964
a) Removing the carriage unit
1) Drain the ink. See Disassembly/Reassembly > Points to Note on Disassembly/Reassembly > Draining the ink.
2) Turn off the power and move the carriage to above the platen. If the carriage is locked at its home position, insert a Phillips screwdriver from the right side into
hole [1] in the shaft of the lifting unit in the purge unit and turn it counterclockwise. This will lower cap [2] and lock pin [3], allowing the carriage to be moved.
[2]
[3]
[1]
F-4-25
3) Remove the printheads.
4-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
4) Release the ink tube from the guide, detach four link levers [1] from the printhead fixer lever, than remove two joint bases [2].
[1]
[2]
F-4-26
5) Remove two screws [1] and ink tube cover [2].
[1]
[2]
F-4-27
6) Detach joints [1] of the ink tube.
[1]
F-4-28
7) Remove four screws [1] and open carriage PCB cover [2].
[1]
[2]
F-4-29
8) Disconnect five flexible cables from the carriage relay PCB.
9) Cover the joint of the ink tube unit in a plastic bag or the like to prevent ink splashing and leakage, and seal the mouth of the bag.
4-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
Never peel off tape [1] that fixes the ink tube when detaching the joints of the ink tube on the upper part of the carriage or when removing the joint base from the
carriage.
[1]
F-4-30
10) Twist off belt fixer knob [1] to loosen the belt, and remove spring [2], guide [3] and pulley[4].
[3]
[2]
[1]
[4]
F-4-31
11) Release carriage belt from the pulley of the carriage motor.
12) Remove two screws [1] and pulley base [2].
13) Remove screw [3] and the connector [4] to release head management sensor unit [5].
14) Remove five screws [6] and lift unit [7].
4-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[5]
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
[6]
[6]
[7]
15) Remove the cutter unit, and lay the caterpillar of the ink tube unit on its side, and then remove the carriage from the right side of the printer.
F-4-32
- To remove the carriage unit, pull it out of position keeping the carriage unit level with care not to harm the linear scale. Flaws on the linear scale could result in
malfunctioning.
- After detaching the joint of the ink tube unit, the joint might become easy to come off by the ink that has adhered to it.
In that case, please wash the joint by alcohol and remove the adhering ink.
F-4-33
b) Mounting the carriage belt
To install the carriage belt, put in the point of the belt to the interior of the groove [1], and have all the cogs of carriage belt [3] engaged with belt stopper [2].
[1]
[3]
[3]
[2]
[2]
F-4-34
c) Note on replacing the carriage unit and the multi sensor
4-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
When either carriage unit or multi sensor has been replaced, be sure to replace the multi sensor reference plate as well.
d) Action to take after replacing the carriage unit and the multi sensor
Because the distance between the multi sensor (in the carriage unit) and the nozzles (in each printhead) is varied from one unit to another, the printer has its optical
axis corrected and paper gap adjustment sensor gain and calibration adjusted prior to shipment. When the carriage unit or multi sensor has been replaced, they
should require adjustment.
Execute service mode under the following conditions to launch automatic adjustment:
1) Optical axis correction
- Service mode: SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN > OPTICAL AXIS
Media type: Gloss photo paper
2) Paper gap adjustment
- Service mode: SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > GAP CALIB
3) Sensor correction for calibration
- Service mode: SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > SENSOR CALIB
4.3.7 Ink tube unit
0014-8966
a) Removing ink tube unit
1) Drain the ink. See Disassembly/Reassembly > Points to Note on Disassembly/Reassembly >Draining the ink.
2) Remove the carriage unit. See Disassembly/Reassembly > Points to Note on Disassembly/Reassembly > Carriage Unit.
3) Disconnect five flexible cables from the main controller PCB.
4) Remove the flexible cable leading to the carriage PCB cover from the guide.
5) Remove three screws [1] and release ink tube fixer base [2] from the frame.
[1]
[2]
F-4-35
6) Unclamp the ink tube and remove it from the frame with care to avoid ink splashing and contact with the linear scale.
Never peel off tape [1] that fixes the ink tube when detaching the joints of the ink tube on the upper part of the carriage or when removing the joint base from the
carriage.
When replacing the ink tube unit, be sure that the tapes [1] are posted to the new ink tube unit.
[1]
F-4-36
b) Reassembling ink tube units
When the ink tube unit has been replaced, turn on the power without mounting the printhead and the ink tanks.
Then, mount the printhead and ink tanks as directed by message guidance.
After detaching the joint of the ink tube unit, the joint might become easy to come off by the ink that has adhered to it.
In that case, please wash the joint by alcohol and remove the adhering ink.
4-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
F-4-37
F-4-38
4.3.8 Feeder unit
0014-8972
a) Handling the feed roller
The feed roller is a functionally important part. Therefore, be sure to note the following points when handling the roller.
- Do not hold the roller with one hand or warp its shape.
- Do not touch the roller surface (coated surface).
- Do not allow the roller to get scratched or marked.
- Hold the roller at two points; location D and one of the locations A, B, or C as shown in the figure below.
D
C
B
A
F-4-39
b) Action to take after replacing the feed roller HP sensor, feed roller encoder, or feed roller
Eccentricity of the feed roller is factory-corrected (variation in the paper feed distance per rotation is compensated for) to enhance the media feed accuracy. There-
fore, when you have replaced the feed roller HP sensor, feed roller encoder, or feed roller related to correction of feed roller eccentricity, adjustment is required.
Use the service mode under the following conditions:
Service mode: SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN > LF TUNING
Media type: Glossy photo paper
4.3.9 Purge unit
0014-8978
a) Removing the purge unit
1) Turn off the power and move the carriage to above the platen. If the carriage is locked at its home position, insert a Phillips screwdriver from the right side into
hole [1] in the shaft of the lift unit in the purge unit and turn it counterclockwise. This will lower cap [2] and lock pin [3], allowing the carriage to be moved.
4-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[2]
[3]
[1]
F-4-40
2) Remove connector [1] and three screws [2] and then remove purge unit [3].
[1]
[2]
[3]
F-4-41
4.3.10 Ink tank unit
0014-8979
a) Removing ink tank units
1) Drain the ink. See Disassembly/Reassembly > Points to Note on Disassembly/Reassembly >Draining the ink.
2) Detach the joint between the ink tube unit and ink tank unit [1].
3) Remove four screws [2] and five connectors [3] and then remove the ink tank unit.
4-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[3]
[2]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[2]
F-4-42
After detaching the joint between the ink tube unit and the ink tube of the ink tank unit, the joint might become easy to come off by the ink that has adhered to it.
In that case, please wash the joint by alcohol and remove the adhering ink.
F-4-43
b) Reinstalling ink tank units
The left and right ink tank units are installed to different positions at waste ink tray [1].
Install the right ink tank unit at screw position [2].
Install the left ink tank unit at screw position [3].
(Installing position of each ink tank units are inner side of the printer.)
4-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[3]
[2]
[1]
[2]
[3]
F-4-44
c) Removing the valve motor unit
1) To remove the valve motor unit, remove the ink tank cover unit.
2) Remove three screws [1], two connectors [2] and bearing [3], and then remove valve motor unit [4].
4-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[2]
[1]
[1]
[4]
[3]
F-4-45
4.3.11 Linear encoder
0014-8985
a) Removing the linear encoder
1) Move the carriage to above the platen.
2) Remove two screws [1] and upper rear stay [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
F-4-46
3) Remove two screws [1] and linear encoder [2].
4-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[1]
[2]
F-4-47
4.3.12 Head management sensor
0014-8988
a) Removing the head management sensor
1) To remove head management sensor [1], remove screw [2] and disconnect connector [3].
[1]
[2]
[3]
F-4-48
b) Action to take after replacing the head management sensor
Because the distance between the head management sensor and the carriage unit is varied from one unit to another, the printer has its optical axis corrected to adjust
the non-discharging nozzle detection position prior to shipment. When the head management sensor carriage unit has been replaced, it should require adjustment.
Execute service mode under the following conditions:
SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > NOZZLE CHK POS
4.3.13 PCBs
0014-8989
Do not replace the main controller PCB and the maintenance cartridge relay PCB (ROM board) at the same time.
Both PCBs hold vital information, such as settings and a carriage drive time. Before either PCB is replaced, such information is temporarily saved through internal
communication with the other PCB and is automatically written to the new PCB when it is installed. For this reason, the two PCBs cannot be replaced at the same
time. To replace both PCBs, work in order of (a) > (b).
When the main controller PCB and maintenance cartridge relay PCB have been replaced with service parts, check that the latest version of firmware is installed in
them.
If not, upgrade the firmware to the latest version.
a) Replacing the maintenance cartridge relay PCB (ROM board)
1) Turn off the power and disconnect the power plug.
4-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
2) Replace the maintenance cartridge relay PCB.
3) Reconnect the power plug and turn on the power while pressing the [Paper Source] and [Information] keys. (Start the printer in PCB replacement mode.)
4) Release the key, but not before making sure that "Initializing" appears on the display. (The message lamp lights when printer enters PCB replacement mode.)
5) Wait until "REPLACE MODE" appears on the display.
6) Select MC BOARD and press the [OK] key.
7) Turn off the power, but not before making sure that "Power off" appears on the display.
8) Turn on the power.
9) Check the firmware version. If the firmware is not the latest version, upgrade the firmware to the latest version.
b) Replacing the main controller PCB
1) Turn off the power and disconnect the power plug.
2) Replace the main controller PCB.
3) Reconnect the power plug and turn on the power while pressing the [Paper Source] and [Information] keys. (Start the printer in PCB replacement mode.)
4) Release the key, but not before making sure that "Initializing" appears on the display. (The message lamp lights when printer enters PCB replacement mode.)
5) Wait until "REPLACE MODE" appears on the display.
6) Select CPU BOARD and press the [OK] key.
7) Turn off the power, but not before making sure that "Power off" appears on the display.
8) Turn on the power.
9) Check the firmware version. If the firmware is not the latest version, upgrade the firmware to the latest version.
4.3.14 Opening the cap and moving the wiper unit
0014-8991
This section explains how to uncap the carriage and ink supply valves manually.
Moving carriage when the power of the printer is off, releasing carriage lock pin and uncapping must be done manually.
1. Uncapping, releasing the carriage lock pin and moving the wiper unit
1) Remove right circle cover (L), right circle cover (S), right side covers and upper right cover.
2) Insert a Phillips screwdriver from the right side into hole [1] in the shaft of the lift unit in the purge unit and turn it counterclockwise. This will lower cap [2] and
lock pin [3], allowing the carriage to be moved.
The wiper unit will move in sync with the motion of the cap and lock pin.
[2]
[3]
[1]
F-4-49
4.3.15 Opening and closing ink supply valves
0014-8992
a) Opening and closing ink supply valves
1) Remove the ink tank cover unit.
2) Press valve lever [1] with a finger to open the ink supply valve.
4-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[1]
F-4-50
- If the printhead fixer lever is released with the ink supply valve to an ink tube open while the tube is filled with an ink, the ink in the tube could flow backward to
the ink tank unit, leaking through the hollow needle in the ink tank.
- If an ink supply valve remains open, as on occurrence of an ink supply valve open/close error, remove the valve motor unit and (see Disassembly/Reassembly >
Points to Note on Disassembly/Reassembly > Ink Tank Units) and close the ink supply valve.
4.3.16 Draining the ink
0014-8993
There are two ways to drain the ink passage of inks: automatic and manual.
Be sure to drain the ink from the ink passage to prevent ink leakage before disassembling any component of the ink passage or reshipping the printer.
1. Automatic Ink Drain
Execute Automatic Ink Drain by selecting Maintenance > Move Printer from the main menu.
Execute Automatic Ink Drain once again if the printer shuts down due to a power failure or any other trouble before the operation completes.
2. Manual Ink Drain
Drain the ink passage of inks manually if any electrical component in the printer fails or firmware malfunctions or if the printer fails to be powered on.
1) Remove right circle cover (L), right circle cover (S), right side covers, left/ right the ink tank cover units. See Disassembly/Reassembly > Points to Note on
Disassembly/Reassembly > External Covers.
2) Remove the ink tanks.
3) Move the carriage to above the platen. See Disassembly/Reassembly > Points to Note on Disassembly/Reassembly > Opening the caps and moving the wiper unit.
4) Release the printhead fixer lever.
5) Open the ink supply valves to allow the inks to flow into the subtanks.
3. Draining the ink in subtanks
1) Remove ink discharge tube [1] behind each subtank and move the ink from the subtank into a container. Repeat this procedure for each additional subtank.
4-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[1]
F-4-51
4.4 Applying the Grease
4.4.1 Applying the Grease
0014-9023
Apply the grease at the location shown below.
Smear the grease lightly and evenly with a flat brush.
Don't apply the grease to locations other than those designated. Unwanted grease may cause poor print quality, take particular care that grease does not get onto the
wiper, cap, or the linear scale.
T-4-1
No. Place
Kind
Quantity
Note
1
2
The joint base rail and rib of carriage unit
Molykote PG-641
Permalub G No.2
Permalub G No.2
Permalub G No.2
Permalub G No.2
Permalub G No.2
Permalub G No.2
Permalub G No.2
Permalub G No.2
Smear the grease lightly
approx.12mg
Two feed roller backup
Don't apply to central backup with bearing.
Apply if remove bearing from a feed roller.
Bushing
Smear the grease lightly
approx.24mg
3
4
5
Feed roller bearing
Pinch roller release cam three points x 10 parts
Upper cover stay shaft hole
The gear shaft of the upper cover stay gear
Upper cover stay shaft end
The gear tooth face of upper cover stay
Smear the grease lightly
approx.24mg
approx.24mg
approx.24mg
Smear the grease lightly
1. The joint base rail [1] and the rib [2] of the carriage unit.
[1]
[2]
F-4-52
2. Two feed roller backup [1]/ bushing [2]
3. Feed roller bearing [3]
4-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[3]
[1]
[2]
F-4-53
4. Pinch roller release cam [1] three points x 10 parts
[1]
F-4-54
5. Upper cover stay shaft hole [1]/ gear shaft [2]/ shaft end [3]/ gear tooth face [4]
4-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
F-4-55
4.5 Adjustment and Setup Items
4.5.1 Action to take after replacing the feed roller HP sensor, feed roller encoder, or feed roller
0012-6594
Action to take after replacing the feed roller HP sensor, feed roller encoder or feed roller
Feed roller eccentricity is factory-adjusted (correction of variation in the paper feed amount per rotation). It is necessary to adjust feed roller eccentricity after re-
placing the feed roller HP sensor, feed roller encoder or feed roller.
In the service mode, perform automatic adjustment of feed roller eccentricity.
Service mode : SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN > LF TUNING
Media type : Photo glossy paper
4.5.2 Action to take after replacing the carriage unit or multi sensor
0013-7133
a) Note on replacing the carriage unit and the multi sensor
The multi sensor reference plate must be replaced at the same time whenever the carriage or the multi sensor is being replaced.
b) Multi Sensor Recalibration
Because the distance between the multi sensor (in the carriage unit) and the nozzles (in each printhead) is varied from one unit to another, the printer has its optical
axis corrected and paper gap adjustment sensor gain and calibration adjusted prior to shipment. When the carriage unit or multi sensor has been replaced, they
should require adjustment.
Execute service mode under the following conditions to launch automatic adjustment:
1) Optical axis correction
- Service mode: SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN > OPTICAL AXIS
Media type: Gloss photo paper
2) Paper gap adjustment
- Service mode: SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > GAP CALIB
3) Sensor correction for calibration
- Service mode: SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > SENSOR CALIB
4.5.3 Action to take after replacing the head management sensor
0013-7146
Since the distance between the head management sensor and the carriage unit varies among printers, the optical axis is factory-adjusted to adjust the non-discharging
detection position. When you have replaced the head management sensor or performed assembly/reassembly of surrounding parts that can change the distance be-
tween the head management sensor and the carriage unit, readjustment is required
Perform the readjustment in the service mode.
Service mode : SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > NOZZLE CHK POS.
4-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Contents
5.1.1 Periodic replacement parts........................................................................................................................................................... 5-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 5
5.1 Periodic Replacement Parts
5.1.1 Periodic replacement parts
0012-6595
T-5-1
Level
Periodic Replacement part
User
None
None
Service
Personnel
5.2 Consumable Parts
5.2.1 Consumable parts
0014-9679
T-5-2
Level
Consumables
Name
Life
sheets/A0
Parts Counter
Parts
Part number
Q'ty
Unit
User
See "Specifications > Features > Consumables
WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT
WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (L)
WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (S)
SUCTION FAN UNIT
DUCT
Service
QL2-2110
QL2-2108
QL2-1650
QM3-1012
QL2-1663
QM3-1995
QM3-2004
QM3-1004
QM3-1056
QK1-2868
QM2-2502
QM3-1038
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
A1
A
A3, A4
A5
A6
A6
CARRIAGE UNIT
D1, D2, D3
D4
D
TUBE UNIT
PURGE UNIT
H1
H
K
M
P
SENSOR UNIT
K1
MOTOR, CARRIAGE
FEED MOTOR ASS'Y
FAN UNIT
M1
P1
V1
V
5.3 Periodic Maintenance
5.3.1 Regular Maintenance
0012-6597
T-5-3
Level
Regular maintenance
Cleaning of ink mist and other substances
User
(When necessary and when replacing the printhead)
Service personnel
None
5-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Contents
6.1.1.1 Outline of Troubleshooting.............................................................................................................................................................................6-1
6.1.2.1 Ink Level: Check.............................................................................................................................................................................................6-1
6.1.2.2 Check maint cartridge capacity.......................................................................................................................................................................6-1
6.1.2.4 No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank................................................................................................................................................................6-1
6.1.2.10 Prepare for parts replacement. Call for service.............................................................................................................................................6-2
6.1.3.3 03031000-2E0F Upper cover sensor error......................................................................................................................................................6-3
6.1.3.6 03031000-2E12 Defective paper release lever ..............................................................................................................................................6-4
6.1.3.9 03010000-2E1F/03060000-2E14/03060A00-2E00/03061000-2E15/03063000-2E08/03860002-2E02/03860002-2E0A/03860002-2E0C
Path mismatch error ...............................................................................................................................................................................................6-5
6.1.3.11 03890000-2920 Media take-up motor error..................................................................................................................................................6-5
6.1.3.15 03810104-2500/03810101-2501/03810102-2502/03810103-2503/03810112-2504/03810113-2505/03810106-2506/03810105-2508/
03810115-2509/03810107-250A/03810109-250B/03810108-250C No ink error ................................................................................................6-6
6.1.3.16 03830104-2520/03830101-2521/03830102-2522/03830103-2523/03830112-2524/03830113-2525/03830106-2526/03830105-2528/
6-6
6.1.3.17 03800204-2540/03830201-2541/03830202-2542/03830203-2543/03830212-2544/03830213-2545/03830206-2546/03830205-2548/
03830215-2549/03830207-254A/03830209-254B/03830208-254C Invalid ink tank ID .....................................................................................6-6
6.1.3.18 03830304-2560/03830301-2561/03830302-2562/03830303-2563/03830312-2564/03830313-2565/03830306-2566/03830305-2568/
03830305-2568/03830315-2569/03830307-256A/03830309-256B/03830308-256C Ink tank EEPROM error ..................................................6-6
6.1.3.19 03810204-2570/03810201-2571/03810202-2572/03810203-2573/03810212-2574/03810213-2575/03810206-2576/03810205-2578/
03810215-2579/03810207-257A/03810209-257B/03810208-257C Ink low error (occurs when replacing the printhead) .................................6-6
6.1.3.20 03810204-2580/03810201-2581/03810202-2582/03810203-2583/03810212-2584/03810213-2585/03810206-2586/03810205-2588/
03810215-2589/03810207-258A/03810209-258B/03810208-258C Ink low error (occures when cleaning B is executed) ................................6-7
6.1.3.21 03810204-2590/03810201-2591/03810202-2592/03810203-2593/03810212-2594/03810213-2595/03810206-2596/03810205-2598/
03810215-2599/03810207-259A/03810209-259B/03810208-259C Ink low error (occures when printing)........................................................6-7
6.1.3.22 03800301-2801/03800201-2802/03800401-2803/03800201-2812/03800302-2809/03800202-280A/03800402-280B/03800202-2813
Printhead error........................................................................................................................................................................................................6-7
6.1.3.27 03130031-260E Gap detection error.............................................................................................................................................................6-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
6.1.3.34 03130031-2F25 Carriage home position error............................................................................................................................................6-10
6.1.3.35 03130031-2F26/03130031-2F27 Carriage motor error ..............................................................................................................................6-10
6.1.3.36 03130031-2F1F/03130031-2F20 Defective sensor in purge unit...............................................................................................................6-10
6.1.3.38 03130031-2F2A Feed roller home position error.......................................................................................................................................6-10
6.1.3.39 03130031-2F3A valve open/close error ....................................................................................................................................................6-10
6.1.3.40 03130031-2F2E Roll media feeding error..................................................................................................................................................6-11
6.1.3.41 03130031-2F28 Lift motor time out error ..................................................................................................................................................6-11
6.1.3.43 03130031-2F14 ASIC Register cannot be written......................................................................................................................................6-11
6.1.3.44 03900001-4042/03900001-4049 Firmware error .......................................................................................................................................6-11
6.1.3.45 E194-4034 Sensor calibration error............................................................................................................................................................6-11
6.1.4 Troubleshooting When Service Call Errors Occur.................................................................................................................... 6-12
6.1.4.1 E141-4046 Recovery system's count error ...................................................................................................................................................6-12
6.1.4.2 E144-4047 Supply system's count error .......................................................................................................................................................6-12
6.1.4.3 E146-4001 Waste ink count full ...................................................................................................................................................................6-12
6.1.4.4 E161-403E/E161-403F Abnormally high head temperature........................................................................................................................6-12
6.1.4.5 E194-404A Non-discharge detection count error.........................................................................................................................................6-12
6.1.4.6 E196-4040/E196-4041/E196-4042/E196-4043/E196-4044/E196-4045 Main controller PCB error...........................................................6-12
6.2 Location of Connectors and Pin Arrangement............................................................................................................ 6-13
6.2.1 Main controller PCB.................................................................................................................................................................. 6-13
6.4 Service Tools............................................................................................................................................................... 6-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
6.1 Troubleshooting
6.1.1 Outline
6.1.1.1 Outline of Troubleshooting
0013-1940
1. Outline
Troubles subject to troubleshooting are classified into those shown on the display (warning, error, and service call) and those not shown on the display.
The code of warning and error is shown by combining alphanumeric characters of eight digits and four digits.
The code of service call error is shown by the initial character of "E" and combining alphanumeric characters of three digits and four digits.
No code number is displayed when a warning occurs. Selecting [SERVICE MODE] > [DISPLAY] > [WARNING] allows you to check the warning log.
2. Precautions for Troubleshooting
1) Check the environmental conditions and the media used for printing.
2) Before performing troubleshooting, make sure that all connectors and cables are connected properly.
3) When servicing the printer with the external cover removed and the AC power supplied, be extremely careful to avoid electric shock and shorting electrical
devices.
4) In the following sections, the troubleshooting steps are described such that the component related to the most probable cause of the problem will be repaired or
replaced first, being followed by components with less problem probability. If multiple components have the same problem probability, the steps are described
begging with the easiest one.
After performing each step, check to see if the problem has been resolved by making test prints. If the problem persists, proceed to the next step.
5) After completion of the troubleshooting, check that all connectors and cables have been reconnected and screws have been tightened firmly.
6) Whenever you have performed replacement or repair services, make test prints to check whether the problem has been resolved.
6.1.2 Troubleshooting When Warnings Occur
6.1.2.1 Ink Level: Check
0012-6612
<Cause>
The printer has detected that the ink level is below the lower limit (20% of the capacity) by ink dot count.
<Probable fault location>
Ink tank, ink tank unit, or main controller
<Countermeasure>
1) Check the ink level.
2) Replace the ink tank.
3) Check the connector of the ink tank unit.
4) Replace the ink tank unit.
5) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.2.2 Check maint cartridge capacity.
0012-8577
<Cause>
The machine has detected that the maintenance cartridge is nearly full of waste ink (about 80% of the total capacity of the maintenance cartridge).
<Probable fault location>
Maintenance cartridge or main controller
<Countermeasure>
1) Maintenance cartridge
Check [SERVICE MODE] > [COUNTER] > [PRINTER] > [W-INK]. If the free space is nearly at the limit (0%), replace the maintenance cartridge.
2) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.2.3 Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank.
0014-9092
<Cause>
Ink detection sensor has detected that the ink tank is empty.
<Probable fault location>
Ink tank, ink tank unit, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the ink tank
2) Replace the ink tank unit
3) Replace the main controller PCB
6.1.2.4 No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank
0014-9108
<Cause>
Ink tank was not detected during printing.
<Probable fault location>
Ink tank, ink tank unit, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Check the ink tank to see if it is set properly.
2) Replace the ink tank.
3) Replace the ink tank unit.
4) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.2.5 Close Ink Tank Cover
0014-9149
<Cause>
The ink tank cover has been opened during printing,
<Probable fault location>
Operation method, ink tank cover switch, ink tank unit, main controller PCB
6-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
<Countermeasure>
1) Check the operation method
Make sure to have the ink tank cover closed
2) Visual check
If the ink tank cover is damaged or deformed, replace it.
3) Replace the ink tank unit.
4) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.2.6 End of paper feed. Cannot feed paper more.
0012-6615
<Cause>
In the manual feed mode, the main controller detected that the roll media had been fed by the maximum amount.
Maximum backward feed amount: Printing standby position (on the feed roller)
Maximum forward feed amount: Until the media sensor detects absence of roll media.
<Probable fault location>
Media, media sensor, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Media check
If there is any damage or break on the media or the media size is not the specified one, replace the media.
2) Media loading position check
If the media loading position is wrong, load the media again.
3) Media sesor
Check for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the media sensor.
4) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.2.7 Paper Type Wrong
0014-9444
* Occurs as a warning when "ON" is selected for "Ignore Mismatch".
<Cause>
The type of the loaded media was different from the media type specified on the driver.
<Probable fault location>
Media, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Media check
Load correct media type.
2) Replace the main controller PCB
6.1.2.8 GARO W12xx
0013-2101
Either of the following numbers will be displayed for "xx" (21, 22, 23, 25, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35)
<Cause>
The GARO command in the received data was invalid.
<Probable fault location>
Operation method or main controller
<Countermeasure>
1) Check the operation method and retry printing.
2) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.2.9 Check printed document.
0014-9213
<Cause>
The number of non-discharging nozzles has exceeded the number of nozzles that can back up the non-discharging.
<Probable fault location>
Printhead, head management sensor, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Clean the printhead
2) Replace the printhead
3) Replace the head management sensor unit.
4) Select [SERVICE MODE] > [ADJUST] > [NOZZLE CHK POS].
5) Head relay PCB
Check the terminal connected to the printhead. If there is any problem, replace the head relay PCB.
6) Replace the carriage relay PCB
7) Replace the main controller PCB
6.1.2.10 Prepare for parts replacement. Call for service.
0014-9214
<Cause>
Replacing time of the consumable parts are near.
<Probable fault location>
Consumable parts, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Consumable parts
Check [SERVICE MODE] > [COUNTER] > [PARTS CNT.]
If there is a COUNTER showing "W1" status (over 90% of the use rate), replace the consumable parts corresponded to the COUNTER.
After replacing the parts, select [SERVICE MODE] > [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] to initialize the counter.
2) Replace the main controller PCB
6-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
6.1.2.11 Parts replacement time has passed. Call for service.
0014-9215
<Cause>
The consumable parts need to be replaced.
<Probable fault location>
Consumable parts, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Consumable parts
Check [SERVICE MODE] > [COUNTER] > [PARTS CNT.]
If there is a COUNTER showing "W2" status (over 100% of the use rate), replace the consumable parts corresponded to the COUNTER.
After replacing the parts, select [SERVICE MODE] > [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] to initialize the counter.
2) Replace the main controller PCB
6.1.3 Troubleshooting When Errors Occur
6.1.3.1 03870001-2015 Cutter error
0012-6626
<Cause>
The machine has failed the auto cutting of media.
After roll media cutting, the multi sensor could not detect the media end.
<Probable fault location>
Media, multi sensor, cutter unit, head relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Manual cut
Cut the media manually with the scissors or cutter.
2) Media check
If the media size is not the specified one, replace the media.
3) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the cutter unit if any.
If the cutter unit is damaged or deformed, replace it.
4) Replace the multi sensor
5) Replace the main controller PCB
6.1.3.2 03010000-200C/03010000-200E/03010000-200F/03010000-2017/03010000-2018/03016000-2010 multi sensor
0013-6968
<Cause>
When media was fed, the multi sensor could not detect the media width.
When the right edge of media was detected, the multi sensor detected that the media had been loaded at a wrong position.
When the leading edge of media was to be detected, the multi sensor could not detect the leading edge of media.
When media was fed, the multi sensor detected media smaller than the specified size.
When media was fed, the multi sensor detected media larger than the specified size.
When media wad fed, the multi sensor detected skew greater than the specified one.
When media was fed, the multi sensor could not detect the right edge of media.
When media was fed, the multi sensor could not detect the left edge of media.
<Probable fault location>
Media, media loading method, paper path, multi sensor, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Media check
If there is any print or stain in the detection area on the media or the media size is not the specified one, replace the media.
2) Media loading position check
If the media loading position is wrong, load the media again.
3) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from multi sensor if any.
4) Multi sensor
Select [SERVICE MODE] > [DISPLAY] > [SYSTEM] > [SIZE CR] to check the value read by the multi sensor. If the value is wrong, replace the multi sensor.
5) Replace the head relay PCB.
6) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the head relay PCB and the carriage relay PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
7) Replace the carriage relay PCB.
8) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the carriage relay PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
9) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.3 03031000-2E0F Upper cover sensor error
0012-6642
<Cause>
The upper cover lock switch detected that the upper cover was open with the upper cover locked.
<Probable fault location>
upper cover, upper cover lock switch, upper cover lock, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
If the upper cover sensor flag or upper cover lock switch is damaged or deformed, replace it.
Remove foreign substances from the upper cover lock if any.
2) Upper cover lock switch
Check the upper cover lock switch for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the upper cover lock switch.
3) Upper cover lock unit
Check the upper cover lock for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the upper cover lock unit.
4) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.4 03031101-2E10 Ink tank cover switch error
0014-9218
<Cause>
6-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
During printing, ink tank cover switch has detected the open state of the ink tank.
<Probable fault location>
Operation method, ink tank cover, ink tank cover switch, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Operation check
Close the ink tank cover surely.
2) Replace the ink tank cover unit.
3) Replace the main controller unit.
6.1.3.5 03031000-2E11 Carriage cover sensor error
0012-6644
<Cause>
The carriage cover sensor detected that the carriage cover was opened with the upper cover locked.
<Probable fault location>
Operation method, carriage cover sensor, carriage relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Operation check
Close the carriage cover tightly.
2) Visual check
If the carriage cover is damaged or deformed, replace it.
3) Carriage cover sensor
check the carriage cover sensor for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the carriage cover sensor.
4) Replace the carriage relay PCB.
5) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the carriage relay PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
6) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.6 03031000-2E12 Defective paper release lever
0012-6645
<Cause>
The pressure release switch detected that the paper release lever was opened with the upper cover locked.
<Probable fault location>
Operation method, pressure release switch, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Operation check
Close the paper release lever fully.
2) Visual check
If the paper release lever is damaged or deformed, replace it.
3) Pressure release switch
check the pressure release switch for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the pressure release switch.
4) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.7 03010000-2016/03010000-2E27 Paper feed error
0014-2776
<Cause>
During paper feed or delivery, paper jammed or paper was fed improperly.
During printing, paper was fed out of the way.
During paper feed, delivery or printing, the feed motor has gone out of synchronization.
<Probable fault location>
Paper path, media sensor, feed roller encoder, feed roller HP sensor, feed motor, feed roller, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the paper path and media sensor if any.
If the paper feed surface or moving part of the paper path is damaged or deformed, replace the paper path.
2) Media sensor
Check for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the media sensor.
3) Replace the feed roller sensor unit
Check for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the feed roller sensor unit.
4) Replace the feed motor.
5) Replace the feed roller.
6) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.8 03010000-200D Cut media end error
0013-8114
<Cause>
When cut media was fed by the specified length, the media sensor could not detect the trailing edge of the cut media.
During printing, the media sensor detected the trailing edge of the cut media at the position different from that detected during cut media feed.
<Probable fault location>
Paper path, media sensor, feed roller encoder, feed roller HP sensor, feed motor, feed roller, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the paper path and media sensor if any.
If the paper feed surface or moving part of the paper path is damaged or deformed, replace the paper path.
2) Media sensor,
Check the media sensor for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the media sensor.
3) Replace the feed roller sensor unit
Check for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the feed roller sensor unit.
4) Replace the feed motor.
5) Replace the feed roller.
6-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
6) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.9 03010000-2E1F/03060000-2E14/03060A00-2E00/03061000-2E15/03063000-2E08/03860002-2E02/03860002-2E0A/
03860002-2E0C Path mismatch error
0012-6628
<Cause>
The size of the media used to print the adjustment pattern was smaller than the specified one.
The media size specified using the printer driver was different from the size of the actually loaded media.
No roll media was loaded when data was received with roll media specified as a media type.
The type of the loaded media was different from the media type specified using the printer driver.
No cut media was loaded when data was received with cut media specified as a media type.
Data requiring roll media was received when cut media were loaded.
Data requiring cut media was received when roll media was loaded.
<Probable fault location>
Media type or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Media check
Check the loaded media. If the media type is different from that required by the send data, no media is loaded, or the size of the loaded media is not the specified
one, load correct media.
2) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.10 03862000-2E09 Insufficient roll media error
0013-7136
<Cause>
The machine detected that the remaining roll media was insufficient.
<Probable fault location>
Roll media or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the roll media.
2) Check the input value
Input the correct value of the remaining length of the roll media when setting it.
3) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.11 03890000-2920 Media take-up motor error
0012-9481
<Cause>
Media take-up motor cannot be driven.
<Probable fault location>
Media, media take-up paper detection sensor, media take-up motor, media take-up PCB, media take-up relay PCB, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
If the winding media is abnormal, rewind the media correctly after the cause is removed.
Remove foreign substances between the light-emission unit and light-receiving unit of media take-up paper detection sensor if any.
2) Replace the media take-up paper detection sensor.
3) Replace the media take-up drive unit.
4) Replace the media take-up relay PCB.
5) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.12 03890000-2921 Media take-up paper detection sensor error
0014-2707
<Cause>
Media take-up paper detection sensor has detected foreign substances.
<Probable fault location>
Media take-up paper detection sensor, media take-up motor, media take-up PCB, media take-up relay PCB, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substances between the light-emission unit and light-receiving unit of media take-up paper detection sensor if any.
2) Replace the Media take-up paper detection sensor.
3) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the Replace the media take-up paper detection sensor and the media take-up drive unit is abnormal, replace the cable.
4) Replace the media take-up drive unit.
5) Replace the Media take-up relay PCB.
6) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.13 03060A00-2E1B Roll media end error
0012-6620
<Cause>
During printing or roll media feed, the media sensor detected the end of the roll media.
<Probable fault location>
Roll media, media sensor, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Roll media
If roll media is used up, load new roll media.
2) Media sensor
Check for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the media sensor.
3) Replace the main controller PCB.
6-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
6.1.3.14 03861001-2405/03861001-2406 Borderless printing error
0013-7156
<Cause>
The position where the media is loaded is not suitable for borderless printing.
The received data is not suitable for borderless printing.
<Probable fault location>
Operation method, media, multi sensor, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Check the operation method and retry printing.
2) Media check
Check the loaded media. If it is abnormal, retry to load the media.
3) Multi sensor
Check for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the multi sensor.
4) Replace the main controller PCB
6.1.3.15 03810104-2500/03810101-2501/03810102-2502/03810103-2503/03810112-2504/03810113-2505/03810106-2506/
03810105-2508/03810115-2509/03810107-250A/03810109-250B/03810108-250C No ink error
0013-7168
<Cause>
No ink status was detected in the ink tank.
<Probable fault location>
Ink tank, ink tank unit, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the ink tank.
2) Replace the ink tank unit.
3) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.16 03830104-2520/03830101-2521/03830102-2522/03830103-2523/03830112-2524/03830113-2525/03830106-2526/
03830105-2528/03830115-2529/03830107-252A/03830109-252B/03830108-252C Ink tank is not installed. ( This error
occurs when the ink tank is replaced.)
0013-7166
<Cause>
When the ink tank was replaced, the closed state of the ink cover was detected with the ink tank removed.
<Probable fault location>
Operation method, ink tank, ink tank cover switch, ink tank unit, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Operation check
Install the ink tank correctly.
2) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the ink tank contacts and ink tank cover switch if any.
3) Replace the ink tank.
4) Ink tank cover switch
Check for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the ink tank cover switch.
5) Replace the ink tank unit.
6) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.17 03800204-2540/03830201-2541/03830202-2542/03830203-2543/03830212-2544/03830213-2545/03830206-2546/
03830205-2548/03830215-2549/03830207-254A/03830209-254B/03830208-254C Invalid ink tank ID
0013-7169
<Cause>
The installed ink tank is wrong.
<Probable fault location>
Operation method, Ink tank, ink tank unit, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Operation check
Install the ink tank correctly.
2) Replace the ink tank.
3) Replace the ink tank unit.
4) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.18 03830304-2560/03830301-2561/03830302-2562/03830303-2563/03830312-2564/03830313-2565/03830306-2566/
03830305-2568/03830305-2568/03830315-2569/03830307-256A/03830309-256B/03830308-256C Ink tank EEPROM error
0013-7172
<Cause>
An ink tank EEPROM checksum error was detected.
<Probable fault location>
Ink tank, ink tank unit, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the ink tank.
2) Replace the ink tank unit.
3) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.19 03810204-2570/03810201-2571/03810202-2572/03810203-2573/03810212-2574/03810213-2575/03810206-2576/
03810205-2578/03810215-2579/03810207-257A/03810209-257B/03810208-257C Ink low error (occurs when replacing the
printhead)
0013-7174
<Cause>
The printhead was replaced when the levels of remaining ink was level one.
6-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
<Probable fault location>
Ink tank, ink tank unit, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the ink tank.
2) Replace the ink tank unit.
3) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.20 03810204-2580/03810201-2581/03810202-2582/03810203-2583/03810212-2584/03810213-2585/03810206-2586/
03810205-2588/03810215-2589/03810207-258A/03810209-258B/03810208-258C Ink low error (occures when cleaning B
is executed)
0013-7175
<Cause>
Cleaning B was executed when the levels of remaining ink was level one.
<Probable fault location>
Ink tank, ink tank unit, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the ink tank.
2) Replace the ink tank unit.
3) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.21 03810204-2590/03810201-2591/03810202-2592/03810203-2593/03810212-2594/03810213-2595/03810206-2596/
03810205-2598/03810215-2599/03810207-259A/03810209-259B/03810208-259C Ink low error (occures when printing)
0013-7176
<Cause>
Ink level low was detected when printing.
<Probable fault location>
Ink tank, ink tank unit, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the ink tank.
2) Replace the ink tank unit.
3) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.22 03800301-2801/03800201-2802/03800401-2803/03800201-2812/03800302-2809/03800202-280A/03800402-280B/
03800202-2813 Printhead error
0013-7177
<Cause>
Improper installation of the printhead R was detected.
A checksum error was detected in the EEPROM of the printhead R.
Printhead R DI correction failed.
The version of printhead R was different.
Improper installation of the printhead L was detected.
A checksum error was detected in the EEPROM of the printhead L.
Printhead L DI correction failed.
The version of printhead L was different.
<Probable fault location>
Printhead, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the printhead.
2) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the head relay PCB and the carriage relay PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
3) Replace the Head relay PCB.
4) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the carriage relay PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
5) Replace the carriage relay PCB.
6) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.23 03800101-2800/03800102-2808/03800201-2804/03800202-2807 Printhead installing error
0014-2756
<Cause>
Printhead R was not installed.
Printhead L was not installed.
Printhead R was installed to the left side.
Printhead L was installed to the right side.
<Probable fault location>
Operation method, printhead, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Operation check
Install the printhead properly.
2) Replace the printhead.
3) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the head relay PCB and the carriage relay PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
4) Replace the Head relay PCB.
5) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the carriage relay PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
6) Replace the carriage relay PCB.
7) Replace the main controller PCB.
6-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
6.1.3.24 03800501-280D/03800502-280E Defective printhead nozzle
0013-7178
<Cause>
Many non-discharging nozzles were detected on printhead R.
Many non-discharging nozzles were detected on printhead L.
<Probable fault location>
Printhead, head management sensor, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Clean the printhead.
2) Replace the printhead.
3) Replace the head management sensor.
4) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.25 03841201-2816/03841201-2817/03841101-2818/03841001-2819/03841001-281B Maintenance cartridge error
0013-7179
<Cause>
The maintenance cartridge is full.
The maintenance cartridge does not have the free space for various types of cleaning.
No maintenance cartridge is installed.
The EEPROM of the maintenance cartridge is abnormal.
A maintenance cartridge ID error occurred.
<Probable fault location>
Maintenance cartridge, maintenance cartridge relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the maintenance cartridge.
2) Replace the maintenance cartridge relay PCB.
3) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.26 03010000-2820/03010000-2821/03010000-2822/03010000-2823/03130031-2F32/03010000-2F33/ Adjustment error
0013-7180
<Cause>
Auto head alignment selected from the user menu could not be carried out because the alignment pattern read result was NG.
Auto LF adjustment selected from the user menu or in the service mode could not be carried out because the adjustment pattern read result was NG.
Decentering correction selected in the service mode cannot be carried out because the correction pattern read result was NG.
Auto LF adjustment selected from the user menu or in the service mode could not be carried out because the head check pattern read result was NG.
Optical axis adjustment selected in the service mode cannot be carried out because the adjustment pattern read result was NG.
When adjustment has been carried after selecting [SERVICE MODE]>[ADJUST]>[PRINT PATTERN]>[OPTICAL AXIS] or [SERVICE MODE]>[AD-
JUST]>[PRINT PATTERN]>[LF TUNING] in the service mode, check that photo glossy paper is used.
<Probable fault location>
Operation method, printhead, multi sensor, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Check whether the media type selected on the operation panel is the same as the type of the media used to print the adjustment pattern. If they are different, retry
adjustment using the media of the type selected on the operation panel.
2) If ink bleeds greatly, change the media.
3) Carry out head cleaning, and retry adjustment. If the adjustment result is poor, replace the printhead.
4) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the multi sensor and the head relay PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
5) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the head relay PCB and the carriage relay PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
6) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the carriage relay PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
7) Replace the multi sensor, and then retry adjustment.
8) Replace the head relay PCB.
9) Replace the carriage relay PCB.
10) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.27 03130031-260E Gap detection error
0013-7224
<Cause>
A detection error occurred due to damaged hardware, uncorrected gap, or damaged correction data.
<Probable fault location>
Multi sensor, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the multi sensor and the head relay PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
2) Replace the multi sensor.
3) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the head relay PCB and the carriage relay PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
4) Replace the head relay PCB.
5) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the carriage relay PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
6) Replace the carriage relay PCB.
7) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.28 03130031-260F Gap adjustment error
0013-7228
<Cause>
Gap reference surface error (This error occurs only in the service mode.)
6-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
<Probable fault location>
Multi sensor reference plate, multi sensor, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the multi sensor reference plate.
2) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the multi sensor and the head relay PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
3) Replace the multi sensor.
4) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the head relay PCB and the carriage relay PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
5) Replace the head relay PCB.
6) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the carriage relay PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
7) Replace the carriage relay PCB.
8) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.29 03130031-2618 VH voltage abnormality error
0014-2778
<Cause>
The voltage of the print head is abnormal.
<Probable fault location>
Printhead, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the printhead.
2) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the head relay PCB and the carriage relay PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
3) Replace the head relay PCB.
4) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the carriage relay PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
5) Replace the carriage relay PCB.
6) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.30 03800500-2F2F/03800500-2F30 Head management sensor error
0012-6639
<Cause>
The head management sensor detected an ink discharge error.
A sensor sensitivity error was detected during head management sensor position adjustment.
<Probable fault location>
Printhead, head management sensor, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the print head.
2) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the head management sensor if any.
3) Replace the head management sensor.
4) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.31 03130031-2F16 Mist fan error
0014-9340
0013-6984
0013-7192
<Cause>
Mist fan rotation could not be detected during mist fan rotation.
<Probable fault location>
Mist fan, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the mist fan.
2) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.32 03130031-2F17 Suction fan error
<Cause>
When the suction fan was driven, the lock signal was detected for more than the specified time.
<Probable fault location>
Suction fan or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Suction fan
2) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.33 03030000-2E21 IEEE1394 Error
<Cause>
The IEEE1394 interface is faulty.
<Probable fault location>
IEEE1394 interface board or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.
2) IEEE1394 interface board
Remove the IEEE1394 interface board, install it again, and then turn on the printer. If the trouble persists, replace the IEEE1394 interface board.
3) Replace the main controller PCB.
6-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
6.1.3.34 03130031-2F25 Carriage home position error
0013-6976
<Cause>
The carriage home position could not be detected within the specified time.
<Probable fault location>
Sensor flag, carriage HP sensor, linear scale, linear encoder, carriage relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the sensor flag, carriage HP sensor, linear scale, and linear encoder if any.
2) Replace the carriage HP sensor.
3) Replace the linear scale.
4) Replace the linear encoder.
5) Replace the carriage relay PCB.
6) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.35 03130031-2F26/03130031-2F27 Carriage motor error
0012-6653
<Cause>
The carriage did not operate because the carriage motor was overloaded due to a physical cause such as a jam.
The carriage motor did not reach the specified speed within the specified time.
<Probable fault location>
Carriage pathway, carriage rail, carriage belt, linear scale, linear encoder, carriage motor, carriage relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Carriage pathway check
Remove foreign substances (jammed paper) from the carriage pathway if any.
2) Carriage rail
Visually check whether the carriage rail is dirty. If the carriage rail is dirty, clean it.
3) Carriage belt
Visually check whether the carriage belt is loose. If the carriage belt is loose, remove it and then reinstall it.
4) Replace the linear scale.
5) Replace the linear encoder.
6) Replace the carriage motor.
7) Replace the carriage relay PCB.
8) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.36 03130031-2F1F/03130031-2F20 Defective sensor in purge unit
0012-6646
<Cause>
The each sensors in the purge unit could not detect the home position of the purge motor within the specified time.
<Probable fault location>
Purge unit or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substance from purge unit if any.
2) Replace the purge unit.
3) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.37 03130031-2F22/03130031-2F23/03130031-2F2D Purge motor driving error
0014-2780
<Cause>
The purge motor did not reach the specified speed within the specified time.
<Probable fault location>
Purge unit or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substance from purge unit if any.
2) Replace the purge unit.
3) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.38 03130031-2F2A Feed roller home position error
0013-6978
<Cause>
During power-on, the feed roller HP sensor could not detect that the reference of Scale that exists on encoder film area color change from transparent to black.
<Probable fault location>
Feed roller encoder film, feed roller encoder, feed roller HP sensor, feed motor, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the feed roller encoder film if any.
2) Feed roller sensor unit
Check for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the feed roller sensor unit.
3) Replace the feed roller encoder film (pully unit).
4) Replace the feed motor.
5) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.39 03130031-2F3A valve open/close error
0013-6979
<Cause>
When the ink supply valve opened or closed, valve open/closed detection sensor could not detect the valve cam rotation.
<Probable fault location>
Valve open/closed detection sensor, valve motor, or main controller PCB
6-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the motor, gear, and sensor of the valve open/close mechanism if any.
2) Replace the ink supply drive unit.
3) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.40 03130031-2F2E Roll media feeding error
0014-2781
<Cause>
The media sensor could not detect the media within the specified time.
<Probable fault location>
Media, media sensor, roll media feeding unit, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
If the media is bent, set the media once again.
2) Replace the media sensor.
3) Replace the roll media feeding unit.
4) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.41 03130031-2F28 Lift motor time out error
0014-2787
<Cause>
The lift cam sensor could not detect the home position of the lift motor within the specified time.
<Probable fault location>
Lift cam, lift cam sensor, lift drive unit, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the lift cam or the lift drive unit if any.
2) Replace the lift cam.
3) Replace the lift cam sensor.
4) Replace the lift drive unit.
5) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.42 03130031-2F13 A/D Converter external trigger output stopped
0013-7238
0013-7240
0014-2788
<Cause>
Defective main controller PCB
<Probable fault location>
Main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Turn off the printer, and then turn it off again.
2) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.43 03130031-2F14 ASIC Register cannot be written.
<Cause>
A main controller PCB firmware error occurred.
<Probable fault location>
Main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.
2) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.44 03900001-4042/03900001-4049 Firmware error
<Cause>
Firmware cannot be recognized.
The firmware is for another model.
<Probable fault location>
Firmware or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Firmware
Check the version of the transferred firmware and the compatible models.
2) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.3.45 E194-4034 Sensor calibration error
0014-9355
<Cause>
When executing [SERVICE MODE] > [ADJUST] > [SENSOR CALIB.], multi sensor calibration could not be done.
<Probable fault location>
Test chart, multi sensor, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Test chart
Check the test chart. if there is a problem, exchange it.
2) Multi sensor
6-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
Check for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace it.
3) Replace the main controller PCB
6.1.4 Troubleshooting When Service Call Errors Occur
6.1.4.1 E141-4046 Recovery system's count error
0013-7243
0013-8111
0013-8106
0013-7244
<Cause>
The machine detected that the rotation count of the purge unit reached the specified value.
<Probable fault location>
Purge unit or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the purge unit.
After replacing the purge unit, select [SERVICE MODE]>[INITIALIZE]>[PARTS COUNTER] to reset the counter.
2) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.4.2 E144-4047 Supply system's count error
<Cause>
The machine detected that the carriage scan count reached the specified value.
<Probable fault location>
Ink tube unit, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the ink tube unit.
After replacing the ink tube unit, select [SERVICE MODE] > [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] to reset the counter.
2) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.4.3 E146-4001 Waste ink count full
<Cause>
The machine detected that the waste ink box or the fan unit became full of ink.
<Probable fault location>
Waste ink box, fan unit, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the waste ink box or fan unit.
After replacing the waste ink box or fan unit, select [SERVICE MODE] > [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] to reset the counter.
2) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.4.4 E161-403E/E161-403F Abnormally high head temperature
<Cause>
The printhead temperature became abnormally high.
<Probable fault location>
Printhead, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Start up the printer in the service mode, and then replace the printhead.
2) Replace the head relay PCB.
3) Replace the carriage relay PCB.
4) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.4.5 E194-404A Non-discharge detection count error
0013-7253
<Cause>
The machine detected that the non-discharge count reached the specified value.
<Probable fault location>
Head management sensor or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the head management sensor.
After replacing the head management sensor, select [SERVICE MODE] > [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] to reset the counter.
2) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.4.6 E196-4040/E196-4041/E196-4042/E196-4043/E196-4044/E196-4045 Main controller PCB error
0013-7246
<Cause>
The main controller PCB is defective.
<Probable fault location>
Firmware or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Upgrade the firmware.
2) Replace the main controller PCB.
6.1.4.7 E198-401C/E198-401D/E198-401E RTC error
0013-7250
<Cause>
6-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
The RTC of the main controller is not found.
The battery capacity is low.
<Probable fault location>
Lithium battery or main controller
<Countermeasure>
1) Start up the printer in the service mode, and then turn off the power.
2) Replace the lithium battery.
3) Replace the main controller
6.2 Location of Connectors and Pin Arrangement
6.2.1 Main controller PCB
0014-9207
J3501
J3502
J3601
J3602
J3201 J3003
J3202
J1801
J2801
J2501
J3150
J3001
J2601
J2402
J3401
J2701
J2702
J1001 J1101
J2502
J3301
J3002
F-6-1
T-6-1
J1001
Pin Number
Signal name
VBUS
D-
IN/OUT
Function
1
2
3
4
5
6
IN
USB VBUS(+5V)
USB data(-)
IN/OUT
D+
IN/OUT
USB data(+)
USB GND
AGND
FGND
FGND
-
-
-
GND (Connector shell)
GND (Connector shell)
T-6-2
J1101
Pin Number
Signal name
GND
IN/OUT
-
Function
1
GND
2
GND
-
GND
3
GND
-
GND
4
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
N.C.
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
power supply(+3.3V)
power supply(+3.3V)
power supply(+3.3V)
power supply(+3.3V)
power supply(+3.3V)
power supply(+3.3V)
N.C.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
GND
-
GND
/PME
/INTA
GND
IN
Power management enable signal
Interrupt signal
IN
-
GND
/RST
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
PCI Reset signal
CLK
PCI Clock signal
/GNT
GND
Ground signal
GND
/REQ
AD31
AD30
AD29
AD28
GND
IN
Request signal
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
-
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
GND
AD27
AD26
AD25
AD24
/CBE3
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Bus command and byte enable signal
6-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J1101
Pin Number
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
Signal name
IDSEL
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
Function
Inisharaization device select signal
GND
-
GND
-
GND
AD23
AD22
AD21
AD20
GND
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
-
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
GND
AD19
AD18
AD17
AD16
/CBE2
GND
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Bus command and byte enable signal
GND
-
/FRAME
/IRDY
/TRDY
/DEVSEL
GND
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
-
Cycle frame signal
Initiator ready signal
Target ready signal
Device select signal
GND
/STOP
/LOCK
/PERP
/SERR
PAR
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
-
Stop signal
Lock signal
Parity error signal
System error signal
Parity signal
/CBE1
GND
Bus command and byte enable signal
GND
GND
-
GND
AD15
AD14
AD13
AD12
GND
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
-
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
GND
AD11
AD10
AD9
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
-
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Bus command and byte enable signal
GND
AD8
/CBE0
GND
AD7
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
-
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
GND
AD6
AD5
AD4
GND
AD3
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
-
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
Address and data signal
GND
AD2
AD1
AD0
GND
HDD_LED
+5V
-
N.C.
OUT
power supply(+5V)
power supply(+5V)
power supply(+5V)
power supply(+3.3V)
power supply(+3.3V)
power supply(+3.3V)
GND
+5V
OUT
+5V
OUT
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
GND
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
GND
-
GND
GND
-
GND
GND
-
GND
T-6-3
J1801
Pin Number
Signal name
RGV20(+5V)
RGV20(+5V)
IN/OUT
IN
Function
1
2
Power suppry(+5V)
Power suppry(+5V)
IN
6-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J1801
Pin Number
Signal name
RGV20(+5V)
GND
IN/OUT
Function
3
IN
Power suppry(+5V)
4
-
GND
5
GND
-
GND
6
GND
-
GND
7
VM
IN
IN
-
Power suppry(+32V)
Power suppry(+32V)
GND
8
VM
9
VMGND
VMGND
VM_ENB
AFCONT
10
11
12
-
GND
OUT
OUT
VM enable signal
Normal/Power saving switch signal
T-6-4
J2402
Pin Number
Signal name
INKBENM2_AM
INKBENM2_AP
SNS3V
IN/OUT
Function
1
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
Left valve motor drive signal AM
Left valve motor drive signal AP
Power supply(+3.3V)
2
3
4
GND
GND
5
/INKBEN_OPEN_L
/TANK_COVER_L
GND
IN
Left valve open/close detection sensor output signal
Left ink tank cover swith output signal
GND
6
IN
7
-
8
SNS3V
OUT
-
Power supply(+3.3V)
9
GND
GND
10
11
/INKBEN_CAM_L
N.C
IN
Left ink tank agitation cam sensor output signal
-
N.C
T-6-5
J2501
Pin Number
A1
Signal name
N.C
IN/OUT
Function
-
N.C
A2
N.C
-
N.C
A3
N.C(LIFT_CAM)
SNS3V
-
N.C
A4
OUT
-
Power supply(+3.3V)
GND
A5
GND
A6
/CR_HP
IN
Lift cam sensor output signal
Power supply
A7
OUT_LIFTM_VM
OUT_LIFTM0_A
OUT_LIFTM2_AX_N0
OUT_LIFTM1_B
OUT_LIFTM3_BX_N1
/ATUKAIJYO
GND
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
A8
Lift motor drive signal A
Lift motor drive signal AX
Lift motor drive signal B
Lift motor drive signal BX
Pressure release switch output signal
GND
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
B1
-
PUMPM1_AM
PUMPM1_AP
GND
OUT
OUT
-
Purge motor drive signal AM
Purge motor drive signal AP
GND
B2
B3
B4
PUMPR_ENCA
SNS5V
IN
Pump encoder output signal A
Power supply(+5V)
Pump encoder output signal B
Power supply(+3.3V)
GND
B5
OUT
IN
B6
PUMPR_ENCB
SNS3V
B7
OUT
-
B8
GND
B9
/CONTROL_CAM_R
GND
IN
Pump cam sensor output signal
GND
B10
B11
B12
B13
-
/MEDIA_R
SNS5V
IN
Media sensor output signal
Power supply(+5V)
N.C
OUT
-
N.C
T-6-6
J2502
Pin Number
Signal name
INKBENM1_AM
INKBENM1_AP
SNS3V
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
Function
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Right valve motor drive signal AM
Right valve motor drive signal AP
Power supply(+3V)
GND
GND
/INKBEN_OPEN_R
/TANK_COVER_R
GND
IN
Right valve open/close detection sensor output signal
Right ink tank cover switch output signal
GND
IN
-
SNS3V
OUT
Power supply(+3V)
6-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J2502
Pin Number
Signal name
GND
IN/OUT
Function
9
-
GND
10
/INKBEN_CAM_R
IN
Right agtation cam sensor output signal
T-6-7
J2601
Pin Number
Signal name
POWER_ON
GND
IN/OUT
IN
Function
1
Power switch signal
GND
2
-
3
RGV20(+5V)
BUZZER
PDO
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
Power supply(+5V)
Buzzer control signal
Panel IC control signal
Power supply(+3.3V)
Panel IC data signal
GND
4
5
6
+3.3V
7
PDI
8
GND
9
/PRESET
GND
Panel reset signal
GND
10
11
12
13
PCK
OUT
OUT
OUT
Panel IC clock signal
Power supply(+5V)
Panel IC chip select signal
T-6-8
PANEL_5V
/PCS
J2701
Pin Number
A1
Signal name
IN/OUT
Function
GND
-
GND
A2
LF_ENCB
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
-
Feed roller encoder output signal B
Power supply(+5V)
Feed roller encoder output signal A
Power supply(+3.3V)
GND
A3
+5V
A4
LF_ENCA
A5
SNS3V
A6
GND
A7
/LF_HP
IN
Feed roller HP sensor output signal
N.C.
A8
N.C.
-
A9
N.C.
-
N.C.
A10
A11
B1
VM_26V
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
-
Power supply(+26V)
Media take up clutch drive signal
Power supply(+26V)
Suction fan alarm signal
Suction fan duty control signal
GND
/SPOOL_CL
VM_26V
B2
KYUINFAN_ALARM_IN
KYUINFAN_PWM_ON
GND
B3
B4
B5
VM_26V
OUT
IN
Power supply(+26V)
Mist fan(R) alarm signal
GND
B6
MISTFAN_R_ALARM
GND
B7
-
B8
VM_26V
OUT
IN
-
Power supply(+26V)
Mist fan(L) alarm signal
GND
B9
MISTFAN_L_ALARM
GND
B10
B11
N.C
-
N.C
T-6-9
J2702
Pin Number
Signal name
VM 26V
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
Fuction
1
2
3
4
5
6
Power supply(+26V)
/DCOVER_SOL_L
VM 26V
Upper cover lock solenoid(L) drive signal
Power supply(+26V)
/DCOVER_SOL_R
N.C.
Uppwer cover lock solenoid(R) drive signal
N.C.
N.C.
-
N.C.
T-6-10
J2801
Pin Number
Signal name
LFSP_A
IN/OUT
OUT
Function
1
2
3
4
5
6
Feed motor drive signal A
Power supply(+32V)
Feed motor drive signal AB
Feed motor drive signal BB
Power supply(+32V)
Feed motor drive signal B
LFSP_VM
LFSP_AB
LFSP_BB
LFSP_VM
LFSP_B
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
6-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
T-6-11
J3001
Pin Number
Signal name
IN/OUT
Function
1
2
3
4
RGV16(VM)
OUT
Power supply(+32v)
-
-
-
-
-
-
RGV18(VM_CR)
IN
Upper cover lock switch output signal
T-6-12
J3002
Pin Number
Signal name
TH
IN/OUT
Function
1
2
3
4
IN
-
Thermister output signal
GND
GND
Vout
IN
OUT
Humidity sensor output signal
Power supply(+5v)
T-6-13
+5V
J3003
Pin Number Signal name
IN/OUT
Function
1
/MAKITORI_UNIT
IN
Media take up paper detection sensor
2
/MAKITORI_LOCK_SENS
/MAKITORI_VCC_ON
MAKITORI_VM_ON
/MAKITORI_ENB
PHOTO_SENS_OUT
VM_26V
IN
Media take up on/off sensor output signal
3
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
Power supply ON signal
4
Power supply(+26V)
5
Media take up drive enable signal
6
Media take up paper detection sensor output signal
7
OUT
OUT
-
Power supply(+26V)
8
VM_26V
Power supply(+26V)
9
VMGND
GND
10
11
12
13
14
VMGND
-
GND
+5V
OUT
-
Power supply(+5V)
N.C.
N.C
N.C.
-
N.C
N.C.
-
N.C
T-6-14
J3150
Pin Number Signal name
IN/OUT
IN
Function
1
IN 3-
Hole sensor input signal 3-
Hole sensor input signal 3+
Hole sensor input signal 1+
Hole sensor input signal 2-
Hole sensor input signal 1-
Hole sensor input signal 2+
GND
2
IN 3+
IN
3
IN 1+
IN
4
IN 2-
IN
5
IN 1-
IN
6
IN 2+
IN
7
VM_GND
+5V
-
8
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Power supply (+5V)
Motor output signal B
Motor output signal B
Motor output signal A
Motor output signal A
Motor output signal C
9
OUT B
OUT B
OUT A
OUT A
OUT C
OUT C
10
11
12
13
14
Motor output signal C
T-6-15
J3201
Pin Number
Signal name
IN/OUT
OUT
-
Function
1
TANK_CLK
Ink tank clock signal
2
GND
GND
3
OUT_TANK_DAT2
TANK_+3.3V
IN/OUT
OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
-
Ink tank data signal 2
Power supply(+3.3V)
Ink tank data signal 1
Ink tank data signal 0
GND
4
5
OUT_TANK_DAT1
OUT_TANK_DAT0
GND
6
7
8
OUT_INK_DETECT0
OUT_INK_DETECT1
OUT_INK_DETECT2
OUT_TANK_DAT5
OUT_TANK_DAT4
OUT_TANK_DAT3
OUT_INK_DETECT3
OUT_INK_DETECT4
IN
Ink detection sensor output signal 0
Ink detection sensor output signal 1
Ink detection sensor output signal 2
Ink tank data signal 5
Ink tank data signal 4
Ink tank data signal 3
Ink detection sensor output signal 3
Ink detection sensor output signal 4
9
IN
10
11
12
13
14
15
IN
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN
IN
6-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J3201
Pin Number
Signal name
OUT_INK_DETECT5
N.C.
IN/OUT
Function
16
17
IN
-
Ink detection sensor output signal 5
N.C.
T-6-16
J3202
Pin Number
Signal name
IN/OUT
OUT
-
Function
1
TANK_CLK
Ink tank clock signal
2
GND
GND
3
OUT_TANK_DAT8
TANK_+3.3V
IN/OUT
OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
-
Ink tank data signal 8
Power supply(+3.3V)
Ink tank data signal 7
Ink tank data signal 6
GND
4
5
OUT_TANK_DAT7
OUT_TANK_DAT6
GND
6
7
8
OUT_INK_DETECT6
OUT_INK_DETECT7
OUT_INK_DETECT8
OUT_TANK_DAT11
OUT_TANK_DAT10
OUT_TANK_DAT9
OUT_INK_DETECT9
OUT_INK_DETECT10
OUT_INK_DETECT11
IN
Ink detection sensor output signal 6
Ink detection sensor output signal 7
Ink detection sensor output signal 8
Ink tank data signal 11
Ink tank data signal 10
Ink tank data signal 9
Ink detection sensor output signal 9
Ink detection sensor output signal 10
Ink detection sensor output signal 11
T-6-17
9
IN
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
IN
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
J3301
Pin Number
Signal name
MENT_SDA
MENT_SCL
GND
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
-
Function
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Maintenance cartridge ROM control signal (data)
Maintenance cartridge ROM control signal (clock)
GND
+3.3V
OUT
-
Power supply (+3.3V)
GND
GND
/FUTO_CLMP
/FUTO_ON
SNS5V
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
Head management sensor clamp signal
Head management sensor ON signal
Power supply(+5V)
/FUTO_CMP
Head management sensor ink detection signal
T-6-18
J3401
Pin Number
Signal name
VMGND
VMGND
VMGND
VMGND
VH_MONI1
VH_ENB
VH_MONI2
GND
IN/OUT
Function
1
-
GND
2
-
GND
3
-
GND
4
-
GND
5
IN
VH controll signal 1
VHPower supply ON/OFF signal
VH controll signal 2
GND
6
OUT
IN
7
8
-
9
+3.3V
OUT
OUT
-
Power supply(+3.3V)
Power supply(+3.3V)
GND
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
+3.3V
GND
SNS5V
SNS5V
VM
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
Power supply(+5V)
Power supply(+5V)
Power supply(+32V)
Power supply(+32V)
Power supply(+32V)
Power supply(+32V)
Power supply(+32V)
Power supply(+32V)
Power supply(+32V)
Power supply(+32V)
GND
VM
VM
VM
VM
VM
VM
VM
VMGND
VMGND
VMGND
VMGND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
6-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
T-6-19
J3501
Pin Number
1
Signal name
GND
IN/OUT
Function
-
GND
2
GND
-
GND
3
VH_MONI3
GND
IN
VH controll signal 3
4
-
GND
5
GND
-
GND
6
H0-D-DATA-7-OD_B
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 7(D)
7
-
GND
8
H0-E-HE-8_B
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 8(E)
9
-
GND
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
H0-E-DATA-8-OD_B
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 8(E)
-
GND
H0-F-DATA-10-OD_B
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 10(F)
-
GND
H0-E-DATA-9-OD_B
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 9(E)
-
GND
H0-F-HE-10_B
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 10(F)
-
GND
H0-F-DATA-11-OD_B
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 11(F)
-
GND
H0-F-HE-11_B
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 11(F)
-
GND
H0-F-DATA-11-EV_B
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 11(F)
-
GND
H0-F-DATA-10-EV_B
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 10(F)
-
GND
H0-E-HE-9_B
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 9(E)
-
GND
H0-E-DATA-9-EV_B
GND
OUT
-
Even head(R) data signal 9(E)
GND
H-DASH LICC2_B
GND
Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
-
GND
H0-A-DATA-0-OD_B
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 0(A)
-
GND
H0-A-DATA-1-OD_B
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 1(A)
-
GND
H0-B-HE-2_B
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 2(B)
-
GND
H0-B-DATA-2-OD_B
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 2(B)
-
GND
H0-B-DATA-3-OD_B
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 3(B)
-
GND
H0-C-HE-4_B
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 4(C)
-
GND
H0-C-DATA-4-OD_B
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 4(C)
-
GND
GND
-
GND
GND
-
GND
VH_MONI4
GND
IN
-
VH controll signal 4
GND
GND
-
GND
T-6-20
J3502
Pin Number
Signal name
GND
IN/OUT
Function
1
-
GND
2
H0-E-DATA-8-EV_B
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 8(E)
3
-
GND
4
H0-D-HE-7_B
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 7(D)
5
-
GND
6
H0-D-DATA-7-EV_B
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 7(D)
7
-
GND
8
H0-D-DATA-6-EV_B
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 6(D)
9
-
GND
10
11
H0-D-DATA-6-OD_B
GND
OUT
-
Odd head(R) data signal 6(D)
GND
6-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J3502
Pin Number
12
Signal name
H0-D-HE-6_B
GND
IN/OUT
Function
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 6(D)
13
-
GND
14
H0-C-HE-5_B
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 5(C)
15
-
GND
16
H0-C-DATA-5-OD_B
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 5(C)
17
-
GND
18
H0-DSOUT2
GND
OUT
Head(R) temperature output signal 2
19
-
GND
20
H0-DSOUT1
GND
OUT
Head(R) temperature output signal 1
21
-
GND
22
H0-DLD_LICC2
H0-DATA_LICC2
H0-DASLK_LICC2
GND
OUT
Head(R) analogue switch latch signal
23
OUT
Head(R) analogue switch data signal
24
OUT
Head(R) analogue switch clock signal
25
-
GND
26
GND
-
GND
27
GND
-
GND
28
H0_CLK_B
GND
OUT
Head(R) clock signal
29
-
GND
30
H0_LT_B
OUT
Head(R) latch signal
31
GND
-
GND
32
H0-C-DATA-5-EV_B
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 5(C)
33
-
GND
34
LIFT_CAM_IN
GND
IN
Lift cam sensor output signal
35
-
GND
36
H0-B-HE-3_B
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 3(B)
37
-
GND
38
H0-C-DATA-4-EV_B
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 4(C)
39
-
GND
40
H0-B-DATA-3-EV_B
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 3(B)
41
-
GND
42
H0-B-DATA-2-EV_B
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 2(B)
43
-
GND
44
H0-A-DATA-1-EV_B
GND
OUT
-
Even head(R) data signal 1(A)
GND
45
46
H0-A-HE-1_B
GND
OUT
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 1(A)
GND
47
48
H0-A-DATA-0-EV_B
GND
OUT
-
Even head(R) data signal 0(A)
GND
49
50
H0-A-HE-0_B
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 0(A)
T-6-21
J3601
Pin Number
Signal name
ENCODER_A
ENCODER_B
GND
IN/OUT
Function
1
IN
Carriage encoder output signal A
Carriage encoder output signal B
GND
2
IN
3
-
4
CR_COVER
OUT_ENB
IN
Carriage cover sensor output signal
Head data enable signal
Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
GND
5
OUT
6
H-DASH_LICC2_B
GND
OUT
7
-
8
H1-D-DATA-7-OD_B
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 7(D)
GND
9
-
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
H1-E-HE-8_B
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 8(E)
GND
-
H1-E-DATA-8-OD_B
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 8(E)
GND
-
H1-F-DATA-10-OD_B
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 10(F)
GND
-
H1-E-DATA-9-OD_B
GND
OUT
-
Odd head(R) data signal 9(E)
GND
H1-F-HE-10_B
GND
OUT
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 10(F)
GND
H1-F-DATA-11-OD_B
GND
OUT
-
Odd head(R) data signal 11(F)
GND
H1-F-HE-11_B
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 11(F)
6-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J3601
Pin Number
Signal name
GND
IN/OUT
-
Function
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
GND
H1-F-DATA-11-EV_B
GND
OUT
-
Even head(R) data signal 11(F)
GND
H1-F-DATA-10-EV_B
GND
OUT
-
Even head(R) data signal 10(F)
GND
H1-E-HE-9_B
GND
OUT
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 9(E)
GND
H1-E-DATA-9-EV_B
GND
OUT
-
Even head(R) data signal 9(E)
GND
VH_DIS
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
VH selection signal
Head(R) analogue switch clock signal
Head(R) analogue switch latch signal
Head(R) analogue switch data signal
multi sensor LED2 drive signal
multi sensor LED1 drive signal
multi sensor LED3 drive signal
Power supply
H1-DASLK_LICC2
H1-DLD_LICC2
H1-DATA_LICC2
PWLED2_ON
PWLED1_ON
PWLED3_ON
H3V_ON
MLT_SENS_1IN
MLT_SENS_2IN
PWLED4_ON
GND
multi sensor signal 1
multi sensor signal 2
multi sensor LED4 drive signal
GND
IN
OUT
-
H1-B-DATA-2-OD_B
GND
OUT
-
Odd head(R) data signal 2(B)
GND
H1-B-DATA-3-OD_B
GND
OUT
-
Odd head(R) data signal 3(B)
GND
H1-C-HE-4_B
GND
OUT
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 4(C)
GND
H1-C-DATA-4-OD_B
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 4(C)
T-6-22
J3602
Pin Number
Signal name
IO_ASIC_SDA
IO_ASIC_SCL
GND
IN/OUT
Function
1
IN/OUT
Head ROM controll signal(data)
2
IN/OUT
Head ROM controll signal(clock)
3
-
GND
4
H1-E-DATA-8-EV_B
OUT ENB
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 8(E)
5
OUT
Head data enable signal
6
H1-D-HE-7_B
GND
OUT
Head(L) heat enable signal 7(D)
7
-
GND
8
H1-D-DATA-7-EV_B
GND
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 7(D)
9
-
GND
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
H1-D-DATA-6-EV_B
GND
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 6(D)
-
GND
H1-D-DATA-6-OD_B
GND
OUT
Odd head(L) data signal 6(D)
-
GND
H1-D-HE-6_B
GND
OUT
Head(L) heat enable signal 6(D)
-
GND
H1-C-HE-5_B
GND
OUT
Head(L) heat enable signal 5(C)
-
GND
H1-C-DATA-5-OD_B
GND
OUT
Odd head(L) data signal 5(C)
-
GND
H1-DSOUT2
H1-DSOUT1
GND
OUT
Head temperature output signal 2
OUT
Head temperature output signal 1
-
GND
GND
-
GND
H1_CLK_B
GND
OUT
Head(L) clock signal
-
GND
H1_LT_B
OUT
Head(L) latch signal
GND
-
GND
H1-C-DATA-5-EV_B
GND
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 5(C)
-
GND
H1-B-HE-3_B
GND
OUT
Head(L) heat enable signal 3(B)
-
GND
H1-C-DATA-4-EV_B
GND
OUT
-
Even head(L) data signal 4(C)
GND
6-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J3602
Pin Number
Signal name
H1-B-DATA-3-EV_B
GND
IN/OUT
Function
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 3(B)
-
GND
H1-B-DATA-2-EV_B
GND
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 2(B)
-
GND
H1-A-DATA-1-EV_B
GND
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 1(A)
-
GND
H1-A-HE-1_B
GND
OUT
Head(L) heat enable signal 1(A)
-
GND
H1-A-DATA-0-EV_B
GND
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 0(A)
GND
-
H1-A-HE-0_B
GND
OUT
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 0(A)
GND
H1-A-DATA-0-OD_B
GND
OUT
-
Odd head(L) data signal 0(A)
GND
H1-A-DATA-1-OD_B
GND
OUT
-
Odd head(L) data signal 1(A)
GND
H1-B-HE-2_B
OUT
Head(L) heat enable signal 2(B)
6.2.2 Carriage relay PCB
0012-6665
J103 J102
J101
J201 J104 J105
J701
J801
J802
J803
J702
J703
J202
F-6-2
T-6-23
J101
Pin Number
Signal name
IN/OUT
Function
1
VMGND
VMGND
VMGND
VMGND
VM
-
GND
2
-
GND
3
-
GND
4
-
GND
5
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
-
Power supply(+32V)
Power supply(+32V)
Power supply(+32V)
Power supply(+32V)
Power supply(+32V)
Power supply(+32V)
Power supply(+32V)
Power supply(+32V)
Power supply(+5V)
Power supply(+5V)
GND
6
VM
7
VM
8
VM
9
VM
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
VM
VM
VM
SNS5V
SNS5V
GND
+3.3V
IN
IN
-
Power supply(+3.3V)
Power supply(+3.3V)
GND
+3.3V
GND
VH_MONI2
VH_ENB
VH_MONI1
VMGND
VMGND
VMGND
VMGND
OUT
IN
OUT
-
VH control signal 2
VH power ON/OFF signal
VH control signal 1
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
T-6-24
J102
Pin Number
Signal name
H1-C-DATA-4-OD_B
GND
IN/OUT
Function
1
2
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 4(C)
GND
6-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J102
Pin Number
3
Signal name
/H1-C-HE-4_B
GND
IN/OUT
Function
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 4(C)
GND
4
5
H1-B-DATA-3-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 1(B)
GND
6
7
H1-B-DATA-2-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 2(B)
GND
8
9
PWLED4_ON
MLT_SENS_2IN
MLT_SENS_1IN
/H3V_ON
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
-
multi sensor LED4 drive control
multi sensor signal 2
multi sensor signal 1
Power supply
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
PWLED3_ON
PWLED1_ON
PWLED2_ON
H1-DATA_LICC2
H1-DLD_LICC2
H1-DASLK_LICC2
VH_DIS
multi sensor LED3 drive control
multi sensor LED1 drive control
multi sensor LED2 drive control
head(L) analogue switch data signal
head(L) analogue switch latch signal
head(L) analogue switch clock signal
VH selection single
GND
GND
H1-E-DATA-9-EV_B
GND
IN
-
Even head(L) data signal 9(E)
GND
/H1-E-HE-9_B
GND
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 9(E)
GND
H1-F-DATA-10-EV_B
GND
IN
-
Even head(L) data signal 10(F)
GND
H1-F-DATA-11-EV_B
GND
IN
-
Even head(L) data signal 11(F)
GND
/H1-F-HE-11_B
GND
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 11(F)
GND
H1-F-DATA-11-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 11(F)
GND
/H1-F-HE-10_B
GND
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 10(F)
GND
H1-E-DATA-9-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 9(E)
GND
H1-F-DATA-10-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 10(F)
GND
H1-E-DATA-8-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 8(E)
GND
/H1-E-HE-8_B
GND
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 8(E)
GND
H1-D-DATA-7-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 7(D)
GND
H-DASH_LICC2
/OUT_ENB
IN
IN
OUT
-
Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
Head data enable signal
Carriage cover sensor output signal
GND
/CRCOVER
GND
ENCODER_B
ENCODER_A
OUT
OUT
carriage encoder output signal B
carriage encoder output signal A
T-6-25
J103
Pin Number
Signal name
/H1-B-HE-2_B
GND
IN/OUT
Function
1
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 2(B)
2
GND
3
H1-A-DATA-1-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 1(A)
4
GND
5
H1-A-DATA-0-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 0(A)
GND
6
7
/H1-A-HE-0_B
GND
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 0(A)
GND
8
9
H1-A-DATA-0-EV_B
GND
IN
-
Even head(L) data signal 0(A)
GND
10
11
12
13
/H1-A-HE-1_B
GND
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 1(A)
GND
H1-A-DATA-1-EV_B
IN
Even head(L) data signal 1(A)
6-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J103
Pin Number
14
Signal name
GND
IN/OUT
Function
-
GND
15
H1-B-DATA-2-EV_B
GND
IN
Even head(L) data signal 2(B)
16
-
GND
17
H1-B-DATA-3-EV_B
GND
IN
Even head(L) data signal 3(B)
18
-
GND
19
H1-C-DATA-4-EV_B
GND
IN
Even head(L) data signal 4(C)
20
-
GND
21
/H1-B-HE-3_B
GND
IN
Head(L) heat enable signal 3(B)
22
-
GND
23
H1-C-DATA-5-EV_B
GND
IN
Even head(L) data signal 5(C)
GND
24
-
25
/H1_LT_B
IN
Head(L) latch signal
GND
26
GND
-
27
H1_CLKP
IN
Head(L) clock signal P
Head(L) clock signal N
GND
28
H1_CLKN
GND
IN
29
-
30
H1-DSOUT1
H1-DSOUT2
GND
OUT
Head(L) temperature output signal 1
Head(L) temperature output signal 2
GND
31
OUT
32
-
33
H1-C-DATA-5-OD_B
GND
IN
Odd head(L) data signal 5(C)
GND
34
-
35
/H1-C-HE-5_B
GND
IN
Head(L) heat enable signal 5(C)
GND
36
-
37
/H1-D-HE-6_B
GND
IN
Head(L) heat enable signal 6(D)
GND
38
-
39
H1-D-DATA-6-OD_B
GND
IN
Odd head(L) data signal 6(D)
GND
40
-
41
H1-D-DATA-6-EV_B
GND
IN
Even head(L) data signal 6(D)
GND
42
-
43
H1-D-DATA-7-EV_B
GND
IN
Even head(L) data signal 7(D)
GND
44
-
45
/H1-D-HE-7_B
GND
IN
Head(L) heat enable signal 7(D)
GND
46
-
47
H1-E-DATA-8-EV_B
GND
IN
Even head(L) data signal 8(E)
GND
48
-
49
IO_ASIC_SCL
IO_ASIC_SDA
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
Head ROM control signal(clock)
Head ROM control signal(data)
50
T-6-26
J104
Pin Number
Signal name
GND
IN/OUT
Function
1
-
GND
2
GND
-
GND
3
VH_MONI4
GND
OUT
-
VH control signal 4
4
GND
5
GND
-
GND
6
GND
-
GND
7
H0-C-DATA-4-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 4(C)
8
GND
9
/H0-C-HE-4_B
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 4(C)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
GND
H0-B-DATA-3-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 3(B)
GND
H0-B-DATA-2-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 2(B)
GND
/H0-B-HE-2_B
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 2(B)
GND
H0-A-DATA-1-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 1(A)
GND
H0-A-DATA-0-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 0(A)
GND
H0-DASH LICC2_B
GND
IN
-
Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
GND
H0-E-DATA-9-EV_B
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 9(E)
GND
6-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J104
Pin Number
Signal name
/H0-E-HE-9_B
GND
IN/OUT
Function
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 9(E)
GND
H0-F-DATA-10-EV_B
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 10(F)
GND
H0-F-DATA-11-EV_B
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 11(F)
GND
/H0-F-HE-11_B
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 11(F)
GND
H0-F-DATA-11-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 11(F)
GND
/H0-F-HE-10_B
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 10(F)
GND
H0-E-DATA-9-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 9(E)
GND
H0-F-DATA-10-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 10(F)
GND
H0-E-DATA-8-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 8(E)
GND
/H0-E-HE-8_B
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 8(E)
GND
H0-D-DATA-7-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 7(D)
GND
GND
-
GND
VH_MONI3
GND
OUT
-
VH control signal 3
GND
GND
GND
-
T-6-27
J105
Pin Number
Signal name
/H0-A-HE-0_B
GND
IN/OUT
Function
1
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 0(A)
2
GND
3
H0-A-DATA-0-EV_B
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 0(A)
4
GND
5
/H0-A-HE-1_B
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 1(A)
6
GND
7
H0-A-DATA-1-EV_B
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 1(A)
8
GND
9
H0-B-DATA-2-EV_B
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 2(B)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
GND
H0-B-DATA-3-EV_B
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 3(B)
GND
H0-C-DATA-4-EV_B
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 4(C)
GND
/H0-B-HE-3_B
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 3(B)
GND
/LIFT_CAM_IN
GND
OUT
-
Lift cam sensor output signal
GND
H0-C-DATA-5-EV_B
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 5(C)
GND
/H0_LT_B
IN
-
Head(R) latch signal
GND
GND
H0_CLKP
IN
IN
-
Head(R) clock signal P
Head(R) clock signal N
GND
H0_CLKN
GND
GND
-
GND
H0-DASLK_LICC2
H0-DATA_LICC2
H0-DLD_LICC2
GND
IN
IN
IN
-
Head(R) analogue switch clock signal
Head(R) analogue switch data signal
Head(R) analogue switch latch signal
GND
H0-DSOUT1
GND
OUT
-
Head(R) temperature output signal 1
GND
H0-DSOUT2
GND
OUT
-
Head(R) temperature output signal 2
GND
H0-C-DATA-5-OD_B
IN
Odd head(R) data signal 5(C)
6-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J105
Pin Number
Signal name
GND
IN/OUT
Function
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
-
GND
/H0-C-HE-5_B
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 5(C)
GND
/H0-D-HE-6_B
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 6(D)
GND
H0-D-DATA-6-OD_B
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 6(D)
GND
H0-D-DATA-6-EV_B
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 6(D)
GND
H0-D-DATA-7-EV_B
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 7(D)
GND
/H0-D-HE-7_B
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 7(D)
GND
H0-E-DATA-8-EV_B
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 8(E)
GND
T-6-28
J201
Pin Number
Signal name
ENCODER_B
GND
IN/OUT
Function
1
2
3
4
IN
-
Linear encoder output signal B
GND
ENCODER_A
SNS_5V
IN
OUT
Linear encoder output signal A
Power supply(+5V)
T-6-29
J202
Pin Number
Signal name
SNS_5V
IN/OUT
Function
1
2
3
OUT
-
Power supply(+5V)
GND
GND
/CRCOVER
IN
Carriage cover sensor output signal
T-6-30
J701
Pin Number
Signal name
H3V
IN/OUT
OUT
IN
Function
1
Power supply
VH1 feed back voltage
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
GND
2
VH1_FB
VH1
3
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
4
VH1
5
VH1
6
VH1
7
VH1
8
VH1
9
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
VH2
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
VH2 feed back voltage
Power supply
GND
VH2
VH2
VH2
VH2
VH2
VH2_FB
VHT
OUT
-
GND
GND
-
GND
T-6-31
J702
Pin Number
Signal name
GND
IN/OUT
Function
1
2
3
4
-
GND
GND
-
GND
GND
-
GND
H1-B-DATA-3-EV
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 3(B)
6-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J702
Pin Number
5
Signal name
GND
IN/OUT
Function
-
GND
6
/H1-B-HE-3
GND
OUT
Head(L) heat enable signal 3(B)
7
-
GND
8
H1-C-DATA-4-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 4(C)
9
-
GND
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
H1-C-DATA-5-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 5(C)
-
GND
/H1-C-HE-5
GND
OUT
Head(L) heat enable signal 5(C)
-
GND
H1-C-DATA-5-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(L) data signal 5(C)
-
GND
H1-D-DATA-7-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(L) data signal 7(D)
-
GND
H1-D-DATA-6-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(L) data signal 6(D)
-
GND
/H1-D-HE-6
GND
OUT
Head(L) heat enable signal 6(D)
-
GND
H1-D-DATA-6-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 6(D)
-
GND
H1-D-DATA-7-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 7(D)
-
GND
/H1-D-HE-7
GND
OUT
Head(L) heat enable signal 7(D)
-
GND
H1-E-DATA-8-EV
GND
OUT
-
Even head(L) data signal 8(E)
GND
H1-E-DATA-9-EV
GND
Even head(L) data signal 9(E)
-
GND
/H1-E-HE-9
GND
OUT
Head(L) heat enable signal 9(E)
-
GND
H1-F-DATA-10-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 10(F)
-
GND
H1-F-DATA-11-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 11(F)
-
GND
/H1-F-HE-11
GND
OUT
Head(L) heat enable signal 11(F)
-
GND
H1-F-DATA-11-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(L) data signal 11(F)
-
GND
H1-F-DATA-10-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(L) data signal 10(F)
GND
-
/H1-F-HE-10
GND
OUT
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 10(F)
GND
H1-E-DATA-9-OD
GND
OUT
-
Odd head(L) data signal 9(E)
GND
H1-E-DATA-8-OD
GND
OUT
-
Odd head(L) data signal 8(E)
GND
/H1-E-HE-8
OUT
Head(L) heat enable signal 8(E)
T-6-32
J703
Pin Number
Signal name
GND
IN/OUT
Function
1
-
GND
2
GND
OUT
Power supply(+5V)
3
GND
-
GND
4
MLT_SENS_2IN
GND
IN
multi sensor signal 2
5
-
GND
6
MLT_SENS_1IN
GND
IN
multi sensor signal 1
7
-
GND
8
H1-C-DATA-4-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(L) data signal 4(C)
9
-
GND
10
11
12
13
14
15
H1-C-HE-4
GND
OUT
Head(L) heat enable signal 4(C)
-
GND
H1-B-DATA-3-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(L) data signal 3(B)
-
GND
H1-B-DATA-2-OD
GND
OUT
-
Odd head(L) data signal 2(B)
GND
6-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J703
Pin Number
16
Signal name
H1-B-HE-2
GND
IN/OUT
Function
OUT
Head(L) heat enable signal 2(B)
17
-
GND
18
H1-A-DATA-1-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(L) data signal 1(A)
19
-
GND
20
H1-A-DATA-0-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(L) data signal 0(A)
21
-
GND
22
H1-A-HE-0
GND
OUT
Head(L) heat enable signal 0(A)
23
-
GND
24
H1-A-DATA-0-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 0(A)
25
-
GND
26
H1-A-DATA-1-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 1(A)
27
-
GND
28
H1-A-HE-1
GND
OUT
Head(L) heat enable signal 1(A)
29
-
GND
30
H1-B-DATA-2-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(L) data signal 2(B)
31
-
GND
32
IO_ASIC_SDA
GND
IN/OUT
Head ROM control signal(data)
33
-
GND
34
IO_ASIC_SCL
GND
OUT
Head ROM control signal(clock)
35
-
GND
36
H1_LT
OUT
Head(L) latch signal
37
GND
-
GND
38
H1_CLK
OUT
Head(L) clock signal
39
GND
-
GND
40
H1-DSOUT1
GND
IN
Head(L) temperature output signal 1
41
-
GND
42
H1-DSOUT2
GND
IN
Head(L) temperature output signal 2
43
-
GND
44
H1-DLD_LICC2
GND
OUT
-
Head(L) analogue switch latch signal
45
GND
46
H1-DATA_LICC2
GND
OUT
-
Head(L) analogue switch data signal
GND
47
48
H1-DASLK_LICC2
GND
OUT
-
Head(L) analogue switch clock signal
GND
49
50
H-DASH_LICC2
OUT
Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
T-6-33
J801
Pin Number
Signal name
GND
GND
VH3_FB
VH3
IN/OUT
-
Function
1
GND
2
-
GND
3
IN
VH3 feed back voltage
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
GND
4
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
5
VH3
6
VH3
7
VH3
8
VH3
9
VH3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
VH4
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
VH4 feed back voltage
Power supply
Power supply
VH4
VH4
VH4
VH4
VH4
VH4_FB
VHT
OUT
OUT
H3V
6-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
T-6-34
J802
Pin Number
1
Signal name
GND
IN/OUT
Function
-
GND
2
H0-B-DATA-2-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 2(B)
3
-
GND
4
H0-B-DATA-3-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 3(B)
5
-
GND
6
H0-B-HE-3
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 3(B)
7
-
GND
8
H0-C-DATA-4-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 4(C)
9
-
GND
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
H0-C-DATA-5-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 5(C)
-
GND
H0-C-HE-5
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 5(C)
-
GND
H0-C-DATA-5-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 5(C)
-
GND
H0-D-DATA-7-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 7(D)
-
GND
H0-D-DATA-6-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 6(D)
-
GND
H0-D-HE-6
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 6(D)
-
GND
H0-D-DATA-6-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 6(D)
-
GND
H0-D-DATA-7-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 7(D)
-
GND
H0-D-HE-7
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 7(D)
-
GND
H0-E-DATA-8-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 8(E)
-
GND
H0-E-DATA-9-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 9(E)
-
GND
H0-E-HE-9
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 9(E)
-
GND
H0-F-DATA-10-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 10(F)
-
GND
H0-F-DATA-11-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 11(F)
-
GND
H0-F-HE-11
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 11(F)
-
GND
H0-F-DATA-11-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 11(F)
-
GND
H0-F-DATA-10-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 10(F)
-
GND
H0-F-HE-10
GND
OUT
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 10(F)
GND
H0-E-DATA-9-OD
GND
OUT
-
Odd head(R) data signal 9(E)
GND
H0-E-DATA-8-OD
GND
OUT
-
Odd head(R) data signal 8(E)
GND
H0-E-HE-8
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 8(E)
T-6-35
J803
Pin Number
Signal name
GND
IN/OUT
Function
1
-
GND
2
SNS_5V
GND
OUT
Power supply(+5V)
3
-
GND
4
PWLED4
GND
OUT
Multi sensor LED4 drive signal
5
-
GND
6
PWLED3
GND
OUT
Multi sensor LED3 drive signal
7
-
GND
8
PWLED2
GND
OUT
Multi sensor LED2 drive signal
9
-
GND
10
11
PWLED1
GND
OUT
-
Multi sensor LED1 drive signal
GND
6-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J803
Pin Number
12
Signal name
H0-DASH LICC2
GND
IN/OUT
Function
OUT
Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
13
-
GND
14
H0-DLD_LICC2
GND
OUT
Head(R) analogue switch latch signal
15
-
GND
16
H0-DATA_LICC2
GND
OUT
Head(R) analogue switch data signal
17
-
GND
18
H0-DASLK_LICC2
GND
OUT
Head(R) analogue switch clock signal
19
-
GND
20
H0-DSOUT1
GND
IN
Head(R) temperature output signal 1
21
-
GND
22
H0-DSOUT2
GND
IN
Head(R) temperature output signal 2
23
-
GND
24
H0-C-DATA-4-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 4(C)
25
-
GND
26
H0-C-HE-4
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 4(C)
27
-
GND
28
H0-B-DATA-3-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 3(B)
29
-
GND
30
H0-B-DATA-2-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 2(B)
31
-
GND
32
H0-B-HE-2
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 2(B)
33
-
GND
34
H0-A-DATA-1-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 1(A)
35
-
GND
36
H0-A-DATA-0-OD
GND
OUT
Odd head(R) data signal 0(A)
37
-
GND
38
H0-A-HE-0
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 0(A)
39
-
GND
40
H0-A-DATA-0-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 0(A)
41
-
GND
42
H0-A-DATA-1-EV
GND
OUT
Even head(R) data signal 1(A)
43
-
GND
44
H0-A-HE-1
GND
OUT
Head(R) heat enable signal 1(A)
GND
45
-
46
H0_LT
OUT
Head(R) latch signal
GND
47
GND
-
48
H0_CLK
OUT
-
Head(R) clock signal
GND
49
GND
50
LIFT_CAM_IN
IN
Lift cam sensor output signal
6.2.3 Head relay PCB
0012-6667
J201
J202
J203
J101
J102
J103
J501
J601
J502
J602
F-6-3
T-6-36
J101
Pin Number
Signal name
GND
IN/OUT
Function
1
-
GND
2
GND
-
GND
3
VHT12
VH2_FB
VH2
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
-
Power supply
VH2 feed back voltage
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
GND
4
5
6
VH2
7
VH2
8
VH2
9
VH2
10
11
VH2
GND
6-30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J101
Pin Number
Signal name
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
VH1
IN/OUT
Function
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
VH1 feed back voltage
Power supply
VH1
VH1
VH1
VH1
VH1
VH1_FB
H3V
T-6-37
J102
Pin Number
Siganal name
H1-E-HE-8
GND
IN/OUT
Function
1
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 8(E)
2
GND
3
H1-E-DATA-8-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 8(E)
4
GND
5
H1-E-DATA-9-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 9(E)
6
GND
7
H1-F-HE-10
VH2
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 10(F)
8
GND
9
H1-F-DATA-10-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 10(F)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
GND
H1-F-DATA-11-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 11(F)
GND
H1-F-HE-11
GND
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 11(F)
GND
H1-F-DATA-11-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(L) data signal 11(F)
GND
H1-F-DATA-10-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(L) data signal 10(F)
GND
H1-E-HE-9
GND
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 9(E)
GND
H1-E-DATA-9-EV
GND
0
Even head(L) data signal 9(E)
-
GND
H1-E-DATA-8-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(L) data signal 8(E)
GND
H1-D-HE-7
GND
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 7(D)
GND
H1-D-DATA-7-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(L) data signal 7(D)
GND
H1-D-DATA-6-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(L) data signal 6(D)
GND
H1-D-HE-6
GND
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 6(D)
GND
H1-D-DATA-6-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 6(D)
GND
H1-D-DATA-7-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 7(D)
GND
H1-C-DATA-5-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 5(C)
GND
H1-C-HE-5
GND
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 5(C)
GND
H1-C-DATA-5-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(L) data signal 5(C)
GND
H1-C-DATA-4-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(L) data signal 4(C)
GND
H1-B-HE-3
GND
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 3(B)
GND
H1-B-DATA-3-EV
IN
Even head(L) data signal 3(B)
6-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J102
Pin Number
Siganal name
GND
IN/OUT
Function
GND
48
49
50
-
-
-
GND
GND
GND
GND
T-6-38
J103
Pin Number
1
Signal name
H-DASH_LICC2
GND
IN/OUT
Function
IN
Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
2
-
GND
3
H1-DASLK_LICC2
GND
IN
Head(L) analogue switch clock signal
4
-
GND
5
H1-DATA_LICC2
GND
IN
Head(L) analogue switch data signal
6
-
GND
7
H1-DLD_LICC2
VH2
IN
Head(L) analogue switch latch signal
8
-
GND
9
H1-DSOUT2
GND
OUT
Head(L) temperature output signal 2
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
-
GND
H1-DSOUT1
GND
OUT
Head(L) temperature output signal 1
-
GND
H1_CLK
IN
Head(L) clock signal
GND
-
GND
H1_LT
IN
Head(L) latch signal
GND
-
GND
IO_ASIC_SCL
GND
IN/OUT
Head ROM control signal(clock)
-
GND
IO_ASIC_SDA
GND
IN/OUT
Head ROM control signal(data)
-
GND
H1-B-DATA-2-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(L) data signal 2(B)
GND
H1-A-HE-1
GND
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 1(A)
GND
H1-A-DATA-1-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(L) data signal 1(A)
GND
H1-A-DATA-0-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(L) data signal 0(A)
GND
H1-A-HE-0
GND
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 0(A)
GND
H1-A-DATA-0-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 0(A)
GND
H1-A-DATA-1-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 1(A)
GND
H1-B-HE-2
GND
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 2(B)
GND
H1-B-DATA-2-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 2(B)
GND
H1-B-DATA-3-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 3(B)
GND
H1-C-HE-4
GND
IN
-
Head(L) heat enable signal 4(C)
GND
H1-C-DATA-4-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(L) data signal 4(C)
GND
MLT_SENS_1IN
GND
OUT
-
Multi sensor signal 1
GND
MLT_SENS_2IN
GND
OUT
-
Multi sensor signal 2
GND
SNS5V
IN
-
Power supply(+5V)
GND
GND
T-6-39
J201
Pin Number
Signal name
H3V
IN/OUT
IN
Function
1
2
3
4
5
Power supply
Power supply
VH4 feed back voltage
Power supply
Power supply
VHT34
VH4_FB
VH4
IN
OUT
IN
VH4
IN
6-32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J201
Pin Number
Signal name
VH4
IN/OUT
Function
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
GND
6
IN
IN
IN
IN
-
7
VH4
8
VH2
9
VH4
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
VH3
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
-
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
VH3 feed back voltage
GND
VH3
VH3
VH3
VH3
VH3
VH3_FB
GND
GND
-
GND
T-6-40
J202
Pin Number
Signal name
H0-E-HE-8
GND
IN/OUT
Function
1
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 8(E)
2
GND
3
H0-E-DATA-8-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 8(E)
4
GND
5
H0-E-DATA-9-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 9(E)
6
GND
7
H0-F-HE-10
VH2
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 10(F)
8
GND
9
H0-F-DATA-10-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 10(F)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
GND
H0-F-DATA-11-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 11(F)
GND
H0-F-HE-11
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 11(F)
GND
H0-F-DATA-11-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 11(F)
GND
H0-F-DATA-10-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 10(F)
GND
H0-E-HE-9
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 9(E)
GND
H0-E-DATA-9-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 9(E)
GND
H0-E-DATA-8-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 8(E)
GND
H0-D-HE-7
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 7(D)
GND
H0-D-DATA-7-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 7(D)
GND
H0-D-DATA-6-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 6(D)
GND
H0-D-HE-6
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 6(D)
GND
H0-D-DATA-6-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 6(D)
GND
H0-D-DATA-7-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 7(D)
GND
H0-C-DATA-5-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 5(C)
GND
H0-C-HE-5
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 5(C)
GND
H0-C-DATA-5-EV
IN
Even head(R) data signal 5(C)
6-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J202
Pin Number
Signal name
GND
IN/OUT
Function
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
-
GND
H0-C-DATA-4-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 4(C)
GND
H0-B-HE-3
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 3(B)
GND
H0-B-DATA-3-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 3(B)
GND
H0-B-DATA-2-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 2(B)
GND
T-6-41
J203
Pin Number
1
Signal name
LIFT_CAM_IN
GND
IN/OUT
Function
OUT
-
Lift cam sensor output signal
2
GND
3
H0_CLK
IN
-
Head(R) clock signal
4
GND
GND
5
H0_LT
IN
-
Head(R) latch signal
6
GND
GND
7
H0-A-HE-1
VH2
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 1(A)
8
GND
9
H0-A-DATA-1-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 1(A)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
GND
H0-A-DATA-0-EV
GND
IN
-
Even head(R) data signal 0(A)
GND
H0-A-HE-0
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 0(A)
GND
H0-A-DATA-0-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 0(A)
GND
H0-A-DATA-1-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 1(A)
GND
H0-B-HE-2
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 2(B)
GND
H0-B-DATA-2-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 2(B)
GND
H0-B-DATA-3-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 3(B)
GND
H0-C-HE-4
GND
IN
-
Head(R) heat enable signal 4(C)
GND
H0-C-DATA-4-OD
GND
IN
-
Odd head(R) data signal 4(C)
GND
H0-DSOUT2
GND
OUT
-
Head(R) temperature output signal 2
GND
H0-DSOUT1
GND
OUT
-
Head(R) temperature output signal 1
GND
H0-DASLK_LICC2
GND
IN
-
Head(R) analogue switch clock signal
GND
H0-DATA_LICC2
GND
IN
-
Head(R) analogue switch data signal
GND
H0-DLD_LICC2
GND
IN
-
Head(R) analogue switch latch signal
GND
H-DASH LICC2
GND
IN
-
Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
GND
PWLED1_ON
GND
IN
-
multi sensor LED1 drive signal
GND
PWLED2_ON
GND
IN
-
multi sensor LED2 drive signal
GND
PWLED3_ON
GND
IN
-
multi sensor LED3 drive signal
GND
PWLED4_ON
GND
IN
-
multi sensor LED4 drive signal
GND
SNS_5V
IN
-
Power supply(+5V)
GND
GND
6-34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
T-6-42
J501
Pin Number
Signal name
PWLED1
PWLED2
PWLED3
PWLED4
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
Function
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Multi sensor LED1 drive signal
Multi sensor LED2 drive signal
Multi sensor LED3 drive signal
Multi sensor LED4 drive signal
GND
MLT_SNS_1IN
MLT_SNS_2IN
VH2
IN
Multi sensor signal 1
Multi sensor signal 2
Power supply
IN
OUT
T-6-43
J502
Pin Number
Signal name
SNS5V_0
IN/OUT
Function
1
2
3
OUT
-
Power supply(+5V)
GND
GND
LIFT_CAM_IN
IN
Lift cam sensor output signal
T-6-44
J601
Pin Number
Signal name
VH2
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
Function
1
Power supply
2
VH2
Power supply
3
VH2
Power supply
4
VHT12
Head transistor drive power supply
Even head(L) data signal 10(F)
Head ROM control signal(data)
Head ROM control signal(clock)
Power supply
5
H1-F-DATA-10-EV
IO_ASIC_SDA
IO_ASIC_SCL
VH2
6
7
8
9
H1-C-DIA1
H1-A-HE-1
VH1
Head(L) DI sensor signal 1(C)
Head(L) heat enable signal 1(A)
Power supply
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
VH1
Power supply
VH1
Power supply
VH2
Power supply
VH2
Power supply
H1-E-DATA-9-OD
H1-F-HE-11
H1-E-DIA1
H1-D-DIA1
H3V_1
Odd head(R) data signal 9(E)
Head(L) heat enable signal 11(F)
Head(L) DI sensor signal 1(E)
Head(L) DI sensor signal 1(D)
Power supply
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
H3V_1
Power supply
H1-B-DATA-3-EV
H1-A-DATA-0-EV
H1-B-HE-2
VH1
Even head(L) data signal 3(B)
Even head(L) data signal 0(A)
Head(L) heat enable signal 2(B)
Power supply
VH1
Power supply
H1-D-DIA2
H1-E-HE-8
H1-E-DIA2
H1-F-DIA2
H1-E-HE-9
H1-D-DATA-7-EV
H1-D-HE-6
H1-C-DATA-5-OD
H1-C-DATA-4-EV
H1-A-DATA-1-EV
H1-A-DIA2
H1-B-DIA2
H1-C-HE-4
H1-D-DATA-7-OD
H1-E-DATA-8-OD
H1-F-HE-10
H1-F-DATA-11-EV
H1-E-DATA-8-EV
H1-D-DATA-6-EV
H1-C-DIA2
Head(L) DI sensor signal 2(D)
Head(L) heat enable signal 8(E)
Head(L) DI sensor signal 2(E)
Head(L) DI sensor signal 2(F)
Head(L) heat enable signal 9(E)
Even head(L) data signal 7(D)
Head(L) heat enable signal 6(D)
Odd head(R) data signal 5(C)
Even head(L) data signal 4(C)
Even head(L) data signal 1(A)
Head(L) DI sensor signal 2(A)
Head(L) DI sensor signal 2(B)
Head(L) heat enable signal 4(C)
Odd head(R) data signal 7(D)
Odd head(R) data signal 8(E)
Head(L) heat enable signal 10(F)
Even head(L) data signal 11(F)
Even head(L) data signal 8(E)
Even head(L) data signal 6(D)
Head(L) DI sensor signal 2(C)
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
6-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J601
Pin Number
47
Signal name
H1-C-DATA-5-EV
H1-B-DIA1
H1-A-HE-0
H1-B-DATA-2-OD
H1-B-DATA-3-OD
H1-C-DATA-4-OD
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
IN
Function
Even head(L) data signal 5(C)
Head(L) DI sensor signal 1(B)
Head(L) heat enable signal 0(A)
Odd head(R) data signal 2(B)
Odd head(R) data signal 3(B)
Odd head(R) data signal 4(C)
GND
48
49
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
50
51
52
53
54
GND
-
GND
55
GND
-
GND
56
H1-F-DATA-11-OD
H1-E-DATA-9-EV
GND
OUT
OUT
-
Odd head(R) data signal 11(F)
Even head(L) data signal 9(E)
GND
57
58
59
H1-D-DATA-6-OD
H1-C-HE-5
H1-B-HE-3
H1-A-DIA1
H1-A-DATA-1-OD
GND
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
Odd head(L) data signal 6(D)
Head(L) heat enable signal 5(C)
Head(L) heat enable signal 3(B)
Head(L) DI sensor signal 1(A)
Odd head(R) data signal 1(A)
GND
60
61
62
63
OUT
-
64
65
GND
-
GND
66
GND
-
GND
67
GND
-
GND
68
H1-F-DATA-10-OD
H1-F-DIA1
H1-D-HE-7
GND
OUT
IN
Odd head(R) data signal 10(F)
Head(L) DI sensor signal 1(F)
Head(L) heat enable signal 7(D)
GND
69
70
OUT
-
71
72
H1_CLK
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
Head(L) clock signal
Head(L) clock signal
Even head(L) data signal 2(B)
Odd head(R) data signal 0(A)
GND
73
H1_LT
74
H1-B-DATA-2-EV
H1-A-DATA-0-OD
GND
75
76
77
GND
-
GND
78
GND
-
GND
T-6-45
J602
Pin Number
Signal name
VH3
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
Function
1
Power supply
2
VH3
Power supply
3
VH3
Power supply
4
VHT34
Power supply
5
H0-F-DATA-10-EV
IO_ASIC_SDA
IO_ASIC_SCL
VH2
Even head(R) data signal 10(F)
Head ROM control signal(data)
Head ROM control signal(clock)
Power supply
6
7
8
9
H0-C-DIA1
H0-A-HE-1
VH3
Head(R) DI sensor signal 1(C)
Head(R) heat enable signal 1(A)
Power supply
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
VH3
Power supply
VH3
Power supply
VH4
Power supply
VH4
Power supply
H0-E-DATA-9-OD
H0-F-HE-11
H0-E-DIA1
H0-D-DIA1
H3V_0
Odd head(R) data signal 9(E)
Head(R) heat enable signal 11(F)
Head(R) DI sensor signal 1(E)
Head(R) DI sensor signal 1(D)
Power supply
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
H3V_0
Power supply
H0-B-DATA-3-EV
H0-A-DATA-0-EV
H0-B-HE-2
VH3
Even head(R) data signal 3(B)
Even head(R) data signal 0(A)
Head(R) heat enable signal 2(B)
Power supply
VH3
Power supply
H0-D-DIA2
H0-E-HE-8
H0-E-DIA2
Head(R) DI sensor signal 2(D)
Head(R) heat enable signal 8(E)
Head(R) DI sensor signal 2(E)
OUT
IN
6-36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
J602
Pin Number
30
Signal name
H0-F-DIA2
IN/OUT
IN
Function
Head(R) DI sensor signal 2(E)
Head(R) heat enable signal 9(E)
Even head(R) data signal 7(D)
Head(R) heat enable signal 6(D)
Odd head(R) data signal 5(C)
Even head(R) data signal 4(C)
Even head(R) data signal 1(A)
Head(R) DI sensor signal 2(A)
Head(R) DI sensor signal 2(B)
Head(R) heat enable signal 4(C)
Odd head(R) data signal 7(D)
Odd head(R) data signal 8(E)
Head(R) heat enable signal 10(F)
Even head(R) data signal 11(F)
Even head(R) data signal 8(E)
Even head(R) data signal 6(D)
Head(R) DI sensor signal 2(C)
Even head(R) data signal 5(C)
Head(R) DI sensor signal 1(B)
Head(R) heat enable signal 0(A)
Odd head(R) data signal 2(B)
Odd head(R) data signal 3(B)
Odd head(R) data signal 4(C)
GND
31
H0-E-HE-9
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
32
H0-D-DATA-7-EV
H0-D-HE-6
33
34
H0-C-DATA-5-OD
H0-C-DATA-4-EV
H0-A-DATA-1-EV
H0-A-DIA2
35
36
37
38
H0-B-DIA2
IN
39
H0-C-HE-4
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
40
H0-D-DATA-7-OD
H0-E-DATA-8-OD
H0-F-HE-10
H0-F-DATA-11-EV
H0-E-DATA-8-EV
H0-D-DATA-6-EV
H0-C-DIA2
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
H0-C-DATA-5-EV
H0-B-DIA1
OUT
IN
48
49
H0-A-HE-0
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
50
H0-B-DATA-2-OD
H0-B-DATA-3-OD
H0-C-DATA-4-OD
GND
51
52
53
54
GND
-
GND
55
GND
-
GND
56
H0-F-DATA-11-OD
H0-E-DATA-9-EV
GND
OUT
OUT
-
Odd head(R) data signal 11(F)
Even head(R) data signal 9(E)
GND
57
58
59
H0-D-DATA-6-OD
H0-C-HE-5
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
Odd head(R) data signal 6(D)
Head(R) heat enable signal 5(C)
Head(R) heat enable signal 3(B)
Head(R) DI sensor signal 1(A)
Odd head(R) data signal 1(A)
GND
60
61
H0-B-HE-3
62
H0-A-DIA1
63
H0-A-DATA-1-OD
GND
OUT
-
64
65
GND
-
GND
66
GND
-
GND
67
GND
-
GND
68
H0-F-DATA-10-OD
H0-F-DIA1
OUT
IN
Odd head(R) data signal 10(F)
Head(R) DI sensor signal 1(F)
Head(R) heat enable signal 7(D)
GND
69
70
H0-D-HE-7
OUT
-
71
GND
72
H0_CLK
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
Head(R) clock signal
73
H0_LT
Head(R) latch signal
74
H0-B-DATA-2-EV
H0-A-DATA-0-OD
GND
Even head(R) data signal 2(B)
Odd head(R) data signal 0(A)
GND
75
76
77
GND
-
GND
78
GND
-
GND
6.3 Version Up
6.3.1 Firmware Update Tool
0013-9809
Use of the following tools allows you to update the firmware of the main controller incorporated in the printer.
- GARO Firmware Update Tool
- L Printer Service Tool
1. GARO Firmware Update Tool
GARO Firmware Update Tool is the same as that for user.
Procedure
1) Start GARO Firmware Update Tool.
2) Place the printer in the online mode.
3) Transfer the firmware data to the printer according to the instructions shown on the display.
4) The data shown on the LCD on the operation panel changes and the firmware is updated automatically.
5) When firmware update is completed, the printer will start again.
File transfer route:
6-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
USB, IEEE1394, network
2. L Printer Service Tool
Procedure
1) Start L Printer Service Tool.
2) Place the printer in the online mode.
3) Specify the firmware file(jdl) and then transfer it.
4) The data shown on the LCD on the operation panel changes and the firmware is updated automatically.
5) When firmware update is completed, the printer will start again.
File transfer route:
USB, IEEE1394, network (directly connected using a cross cable)
6.4 Service Tools
6.4.1 List of Tools
0012-6675
T-6-46
General-purpose tools
Long phillips scerewdriver
Phillips scerewdriver
Flat-head screwdriver
Needle-nose pliers
Hex key wrench
Application
Inserting and removing screw
Inserting and removing screw
Removing the E-ring
Inserting and removing the spring parts
Inserting and removing hexagonal screws
Applying grease
Flat brush
Lint free paper
Wiping off ink
Rubber gloves
Preventing ink stains
T-6-47
Special-purpose tools
Application
Grease MOLYKOTE PG-641
(CK-0562-000)
Applying to specified locations
Grease PERMALUBE G-2
(CK-0551-020)
Applying to specified locations
Pressing the cover switch
Cover switch tool
(QY9-0103-000)
6-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Contents
7.2.1 Special Modes for Servicing...................................................................................................................................................... 7-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 7
7.1 Service Mode
7.1.1 Service Mode
0013-9799
a. How to enter the Service mode
Enter the Service mode following the procedure below.
1) Turn off the printer.
2) Turn on the printer while holding down the [Paper Source]key and [Information]key.
3) "S" will be displayed in the upper right corner of the display showing the firmware version of the printer.
4) After display of "Online", pressing the [Menu] key displays the SERVICE MODE top menu and the MESSAGE LED flashes.
* The Service mode is added to the options in the Main menu. The Service mode can be entered even in the error status(when an error message is shown on the
display)by turning the power off and then using the above key operation.
b. How to exit the Service mode
Turn off the printer.
c. Key operation in the service mode
- Selecting menus and paremeters:[ ] or [ ] key
- Going to the next lower-level menu:[ ] key
- Going to the previous higher-level menu:[ ] key
- Determining a selected menu or parameter:[OK] key
7.1.2 Map of the Service mode
0014-9306
The hierarchy of menus and parameters in the Service mode is shown below.
System Setup
SERVICE MODE
DISPLAY
PRINT INF
Test Print
YES
NO
SYSTEM
S/N
TYPE
LF TYPE
TMP
SIZE LF
SIZE CR
HEAD
S/N R
S/N L
LOT R
LOT L
INK
BK
MBK
C
M
Y
PC
PM
GY
PGY
R
G
B
WARING
01
20
ERROR
01
20
INK CHECK
Y,PC,C,PGY,GY,MBK,PM,M,BK,R,G,B
(ADJUST)
F-7-1
7-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 7
DISPLAY
ADJUST
PRINT PATTERN
NOZZLE 1
OPTICAL AXIS
LF TUNING
SENSOR CHECK (Not use)
HEAD ADJ.
AUTO HEAD ADJ
ROUGH
MANUAL HEAD ADJ
DETAIL
BASIC
ADJ. SETTING
A
A-1 A-x
F-1
F
SAVE SETTINGS
YES
NO
RESET SETTINGS
YES
NO
NOZZLE CHK POS.
YES
NO
GAP CALIB.
YES
NO
SENSR. CALIB. A3 (Not use)
YES
NO
SENSR. CALIB. A4 (Not use)
YES
NO
CHANGE LF TYPE
0
1
REPLACE
CUTTER
YES
NO
COUNTER
F-7-2
7-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 7
(REPLACE)
COUNTER
PRINTER
LIFE TTL
LIFE ROLL
LIFE CUTSHEET
LIFE A
(LIFE B, C, D, E)
LIFE F
POWER ON
W-INK
CUTTER
WIPE
CARRIAGE
PRINT
DRIVE
CR COUNT
CR DIST.
PRINT COUNT
PURGE
CLN-A-1
(CLN-A-2, 3, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 17)
CLN-A-TTL
CLN-M-1
(CLN-M-4, 5, 6)
CLN-M-TTL
CLEAR
CLR-INK CONSUME
CLR-CUTTER EXC.
CLR-MTC EXC.
CLR-HEAD R EXC.
CLR-HEAD L EXC.
CLR-UNIT A EXC.
(CLR-UNIT D, H, K, M, P)
CLR-UNIT V EXC.
CLR-FACTORY CNT.
EXCHANGE
CUTTER EXC.
MTC EXC.
HEAD R EXC.
HEAD L EXC.
BOARD EXC.
UNIT A EXC.
(UNIT D, H, K, M, P)
UNIT V EXC.
DETAIL-CNT
MOVE PRINTER
N-INK CHK (BK)
N-INK CHK (MBK)
N-INK CHK (C)
N-INK CHK (M)
N-INK CHK (Y)
N-INK CHK (PC)
N-INK CHK (PM)
N-INK CHK (GY)
N-INK CHK (PGY)
N-INK CHK (R)
N-INK CHK (G)
N-INK CHK (B)
MEDIACONFIG-CNT
COUNTER
F-7-3
7-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 7
(COUNTER)
INK-USE1
INK-USE1 (BK)
INK-EXC
INK-EXC (BK)
INK-EXC (MBK)
INK-EXC (C)
INK-EXC (M)
INK-EXC (Y)
INK-EXC (PC)
INK-EXC (PM)
INK-EXC (GY)
INK-EXC (PGY)
INK-EXC (R)
INK-EXC (G)
INK-EXC (B)
INK-USE1 (MBK)
INK-USE1 (C)
INK-USE1 (M)
INK-USE1 (Y)
INK-USE1 (PC)
INK-USE1 (PM)
INK-USE1 (GY)
INK-USE1 (PGY)
INK-USE1 (R)
INK-USE1 (G)
INK-USE1 (B)
INK-USE1 (TTL)
N-INK-USE1 (BK)
N-INK-USE1 (MBK)
N-INK-USE1 (C)
N-INK-USE1 (M)
N-INK-USE1 (Y)
N-INK-USE1 (PC)
N-INK-USE1 (PM)
N-INK-USE1 (GY)
N-INK-USE1 (PGY)
N-INK-USE1 (R)
N-INK-USE1 (G)
N-INK-USE1 (B)
N-INK-USE1 (TTL)
INK-EXC (TTL)
N-INK-EXC (BK)
N-INK-EXC (MBK)
N-INK-EXC (C)
N-INK-EXC (M)
N-INK-EXC (Y)
N-INK-EXC (PC)
N-INK-EXC (PM)
N-INK-EXC (GY)
N-INK-EXC (PGY)
N-INK-EXC (R)
N-INK-EXC (G)
N-INK-EXC (B)
N-INK-EXC (TTL)
INK-USE2
MEDIA1
INK-USE2 (BK)
INK-USE2 (MBK)
INK-USE2 (C)
INK-USE2 (M)
INK-USE2 (Y)
INK-USE2 (PC)
INK-USE2 (PM)
INK-USE2 (GY)
INK-USE2 (PGY)
INK-USE2 (R)
INK-USE2 (G)
INK-USE2 (B)
INK-USE2 (TTL)
N-INK-USE2 (BK)
N-INK-USE2 (MBK)
N-INK-USE2 (C)
N-INK-USE2 (M)
N-INK-USE2 (Y)
N-INK-USE2 (PC)
N-INK-USE2 (PM)
N-INK-USE2 (GY)
N-INK-USE2 (PGY)
N-INK-USE2 (R)
N-INK-USE2 (G)
N-INK-USE2 (B)
N-INK-USE2 (TTL)
NAME
TTL
<m2>
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
<sq,f>
<m2>
<sq,f>
<m2>
<sq,f>
(MEDIA 2 6)
MEDIA7
NAME
TTL
<m2>
<sq,f>
<m2>
<sq,f>
<m2>
<sq,f>
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
MEDIA OTHER
TTL
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
<m2>
<sq,f>
<m2>
<sq,f>
<m2>
<sq,f>
(COUNTER)
F-7-4
7-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 7
(COUNTER)
HEAD DOT CNT. 1
BK
MBK
C
M
Y
PC
PM
GY
PGY
R
G
B
MEDIASIZE1 ROLL
P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ -17
P-CNT 44-60
P-CNT 36-44
P-CNT 24-36
P-CNT 17-24
P-CNT -17
MEDIASIZE2 ROLL
TTL
D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ -17
HEAD DOT CNT. 2
BK
MBK
C
M
D-CNT 44-60
D-CNT 36-44
D-CNT 24-36
D-CNT 17-24
D-CNT -17
Y
PC
PM
GY
PGY
R
G
B
MEDIASIZE1 CUT
P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ -17
TTL
PARTS CNT.
COUNTER A
PARTS A1
(A3, A4, A5)
PARTS A6
COUNTER D
PARTS D1
(D2, D3)
PARTS D4
COUNTER H
PARTS H1
COUNTER K
PARTS K1
COUNTER M
PARTS M1
COUNTER P
PARTS P1
COUNTER V
PARTS V1
P-CNT 44-60
P-CNT 36-44
P-CNT 24-36
P-CNT 17-24
P-CNT -17
MEDIASIZE2 CUT
D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ -17
D-CNT 44-60
D-CNT 36-44
D-CNT 24-36
D-CNT 17-24
D-CNT -17
(SETTING)
F-7-5
7-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 7
(COUNTER)
SETTING
Pth
ON
OFF
RTC
DATE
TIME
INITIALIZE
WARNING
ERROR
ADJUST
W-INK
CARRIAGE
PURGE
INK-USE CNT
CUTTER-CHG CNT
W-INK-CHG CNT
HEAD-CHG CNT
PARTS-CHG CNT
PARTS A
PARTS D
PARTS H1
PARTS K1
PARTS M1
PARTS P1
PARTS V1
PARTS COUNTER
PARTS A
PARTS D
PARTS H1
PARTS K1
PARTS M1
PARTS P1
PARTS V1
F-7-6
7.1.3 Details for Service mode
0015-1986
This section provides details of the Service mode menus.
a) DISPLAY
Displays and prints the printer information.
1) PRINF INF
Prints adjustment values in the User menu, [DISPLAY] and [COUNTER] parameters on A4-size or lager paper.
When a roll media is used, the layout is optimized according to the media width.
2) SYSTEM
Displays the printer information shown below.
T-7-1
Display
S/N
Description
Unit
Serial number of printer
-
-
TYPE
Type setting on main controller PCB
* iPF8000 is represented by 44.
LF TYPE Feed roller type: 0 or 1
-
TMP
Ambient temperature
degrees C
mm
SIZE LF
Detected size of loaded media (feed direction)
0 is always detected for the roll media.
SIZE LF
Detected size of loaded media (feed direction)
0 is always detected for the roll media.
inch
SIZE CR Detected size of loaded media (carriage scan direction)
SIZE CR Detected size of loaded media (carriage scan direction)
mm
inch
3) HEAD
Displays the following EEPROM information of the printhead.
T-7-2
Display
S/N R
Description
Serial number of printhead R
Serial number of printhead L
Lot number of printhead R
Lot number of printhead L
S/N L
LOT R
LOT L
4) INK
Displays the numbers of days passed since installation of the following ink tanks.
T-7-3
Display Description
Unit
BK
Number of days passed since the BK ink tank was installed
Number of days passed since the MBK ink tank was installed
Day(s)
Day(s)
MBK
7-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 7
Display Description
Unit
C
Number of days passed since the C ink tank was installed
Day(s)
Day(s)
Day(s)
Day(s)
Day(s)
Day(s)
Day(s)
Day(s)
Day(s)
Day(s)
M
Number of days passed since the M ink tank was installed
Number of days passed since the Y ink tank was installed
Number of days passed since the PC ink tank was installed
Number of days passed since the PM ink tank was installed
Number of days passed since the GY ink tank was installed
Number of days passed since the PGY ink tank was installed
Number of days passed since the R ink tank was installed
Number of days passed since the G ink tank was installed
Number of days passed since the B ink tank was installed
Y
PC
PM
GY
PGY
R
G
B
5) WARNING
Displays the warning history (up to 20 events). The newest event has the smallest history number.
6) ERROR
Displays the error history (up to 20 events). The newest event has the smallest history number.
7) INK CHECK
Displays the history of execution of turning off the remaining ink level detection (by using the refilled ink tank) in the order of Y, PC, C, PGY, GY, MBK, PM, M,
BK, R, G, and B.
0: No execution
1: Executed at least once
b) ADJUST
Performs adjustments and prints the adjustment and check patterns necessary for adjusting the printer parts.
1) PRINT PATTERN
T-7-4
Display
Description
NOZZLE 1
Prints the nozzle check pattern by single direction/ single pass without using the non-
discharging back up.
It is used to check for the non-discharging nozzles.
- Media size: A4
- Media type: any
OPTICAL AXIS
LF TUNING
Prints the pattern and adjusts the optical axis of the multi sensor.
For details, refer to "Disassembly/Reassembly" > "Adjustment and Setup Items" > "Action to
take after replacing the carriage unit or multi sensor".
- Media type: photo glossy paper
Prints the patterns for adjusting the feed roller eccentricity.
For details, refer to "Disassembly/Reassembly" > "Adjustment and Setup Items" > "Action to
take after replacing the feed roller HP sensor, feed roller encoder, or the feed roller".
- Media size: 44 inches
2) HEAD ADJ.
Set or initialize the registration adjustment values of each printheads.
T-7-5
Display
Description
AUTO HEAD ADJ
MANUAL HEAD ADJ
ROUGH
DETAIL
Prints the pattern for auto head adjustment (rough adjustment).
Prints the detail patterns for the manual head adjustment.
After printing, the mode will change to [ADJ. SETTING]. Check the printed patterns and input the set values.
BASIC
A to F
Prints the basic patterns for the manual head adjustment.
After printing, the mode will change to [ADJ. SETTING]. Check the printed patterns and input the set values.
ADJ. SETTING
A-1 to F-1
This mode is to input the registration adjustment values.
It is possible to return the values to the former one by printing the status print before changing the value.
SAVE SETTINGS
Save the registration adjustment values that has been input.
Initialize the registration adjustment values (to 0).
RESET SETTINGS
3) NOZZLE CHK POS.
This mode for adjusting the optical axis of the head management sensor. For details, refer to "Disassembly/Reassembly" > "Adjustment and Setup Items" > "Action
to take after replacing the head management sensor".
4) GAP CLIB.
This mode measures the gap between the printhead and media by multi sensor and corrects the calibration value.
5) CHANGE LF TYPE
This mode is for changing the feed roller type.
0: Old type feed roller
1: New type feed roller
c) REPLACE
1) CUTTER
This mode is for replacing the cutter unit.
(It can be also done from the user menu.)
d) COUNTER
Displays the life (operation frequency and time) of each unit, print counts for each media type, and else.
The count values can be printed from [PRINT INF].
1) PRINTER: Counters related to product life
7-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 7
T-7-6
Display
Description
Unit
LIFE TTL
LIFE ROLL
LIFE CUTSHEET
LIFE A-F
POWER ON
W-INK
Cumulative number of printed media (equivalent of A4)
Cumulative number of printed roll media (equivalent of A4)
Cumulative number of printed cut sheets (equivalent to A4)
Cumulative number of printed media for environments A to F
Cumulative power-on time (excluding the sleep time)
Remaining capacity of the maintenance cartridge
sheets
sheets
sheets
sheets
Hours
%
CUTTER
WIPE
Number of cutting operations (count as 1 by moving back and forth)
Number of wiping operations
Times
Times
2) CARRIAGE: Counters related to carriage unit
T-7-7
Display
Description
Unit
PRINT
Cumulative printing time
Hours
Hours
Times
Times
Times
DRIVE
Cumulative carriage moving time
CR COUNT
CR DIST.
Cumulative carriage scan count (count as 1 by moving back and forth)
Cumulative carriage scan distance (count as 1 by moving 210mm)
PRINT COUNT Cumulative print end count (count as 1 by capping)
3) PURGE: Counters related to purge unit
T-7-8
Display
Description
Unit
CLN-A-1
CLN-A-2
CLN-A-3
CLN-A-6
CLN-A-10
CLN-A-11
CLN-A-15
CLN-A-16
CLN-A-17
CLN-A-TTL
CLN-M-1
CLN-M-4
CLN-M-5
CLN-M-6
CLN-M-TTL
Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 1 (normal suction) operations
Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 2 (ink level adjusting) operations
Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 3 (initial filling) operations
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 6 (strong normal suction) operations
Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 10 (ink filling after secondary transportation) operations
Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 11 (ink filling after head replacement) operations
Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 15 (dot count small suction) operations
Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 16 (sedimented ink agitation) operations
Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 17 (small suction) operations
Total number of automatic cleaning operations
Cumulative number of manual cleaning 1 (normal suction) operations
Cumulative number of manual cleaning 4 (ink draining from head after head replacement) operations
Cumulative number of manual cleaning 5 (ink draining from head and tube before transportation ) operations
Cumulative number of manual cleaning 6 (normal strong suction) operations
Total number of manual cleaning operations
4) CLEAR: Counters related to counter initialization
T-7-9
Display
Description
Unit
CLR-INK CONSUME
CLR-CUTTER EXC.
CLR-MTC EXC.
Cumulative count of ink section consumption amount clearing
Cumulative count of cutter replacement count clearing
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
Cumulative count of maintenance cartridge replacement count clearing
Cumulative count of head L replacement count clearing
Cumulative count of head R replacement count clearing
Cumulative count of unit A(waste ink system) replacement count clearing
Cumulative count of unit D(carriage unit) replacement count clearing
Cumulative count of unit H(purge) replacement count clearing
Cumulative count of unit K(head management sensor) replacement count clearing
Cumulative count of unit P(feed motor) replacement count clearing
Cumulative count of unit V(mist fan unit) replacement count clearing
For factory
CLR-HEAD L EXC.
CLR-HEAD R EXC.
CLR-UNIT A EXC.
CLR-UNIT D EXC.
CLR-UNIT H EXC.
CKR-UNIT K EXC.
CLR-UNIT P EXC.
CLR-UNIT V EXC.
CLR-FACTORY CNT.
5) EXCHANGE: Counters related to parts replacement
T-7-10
Display
Description
Cutter replacement count
Unit
CUTTER EXC.
Times
(Count of executing cutter replacement mode)
Maintenance cartridge replacement count
Head R replacement count
MTC EXC.
Times
Times
Times
Times
Times
HEAD R EXC.
HEAD L EXC.
Head L replacement count
BOARD EXC.(M/B) Main controller PCB replacement count
UNIT A EXC.
Unit A(waste ink system) replacement count
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS A])
UNIT D EXC.
Unit D(carriage unit) replacement count
Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS D])
7-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 7
Display
Description
Unit
UNIT H EXC.
Unit H(purge unit) replacement count
Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS H])
UNIT K EXC.
UNIT M EXC.
UNIT P EXC.
UNIT V EXC.
Unit K(head management sensor) replacement count
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS K])
Times
Times
Times
Times
Unit M(carriage motor) replacement count
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS M])
Unit P(feed unit) replacement count
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS P])
Unit V(mist fan unit) replacement count
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS V])
6) DETAIL-CNT: Other counters
T-7-11
Display
Description
Unit
MOVE PRINTER
N-INKCHK(XX)
Count of [Move Printer] operations
Times
Times
XX: Ink color
Count of turning off the ink remaining level detection for each color
MEDIACONFIG-CNT
Count of media registered by media editor
Times
7) INK-USE1: Counters related to ink consumption
T-7-12
Display
Description
Unit
INK-USE1(XX)
XX: Ink color
ml
Cumulative consumption amount of generic ink
INK-USE1(TTL)
N-INK-USE1(XX)
Total amount of the cumulative consumption of generic ink
ml
ml
XX: Ink color
Cumulative consumption amount of refilled ink
N-INK-USE1(TTL) Total amount of the cumulative consumption of refilled ink
ml
8) INK-USE2: Counters related to ink consumption
T-7-13
Display
Description
Unit
INK-USE2(XX)
XX: Ink color
ml
Consumption amount of generic ink of the currently installed ink tank.
INK-USE2(TTL)
N-INK-USE2(XX)
Total consumption amount of generic ink of the currently installed ink tanks
ml
ml
XX: Ink color
Consumption amount of refilled ink of the currently installed ink tank
N-INK-USE2(TTL)
Total consumption amount of refilled ink of the currently installed ink tanks
ml
9) INK-EXC: Counters related to ink tank replacement
T-7-14
Display
Description
XX: Ink color
Unit
INK-EXC(XX)
ml
Cumulative count of generic ink tank replacement
INK-EXC(TTL)
Total amount of tho cumulative count of generic ink tank replacement
ml
ml
N-INK-EXC(XX)
XX: Ink color
Cumulative count of refilled ink tank replacement
N-INK-EXC(TTL)
Total amount of tho cumulative count of refilled ink tank replacement
ml
10) MEDIA x (x: 1 to 7): Counters related to media
One to seven media types are displayed individually in order with large cumulative print area.
T-7-15
Display
NAME
TTL
Description
Unit
-
Media type
Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet (metric)
Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet (inch)
Cumulative print area of roll media (metric)
Cumulative print area of roll media (inch)
m2
Sq.f
m2
Sq.f
m2
Sq.f
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet (metric)
CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet (inch)
11) MEDIA OTHER: Counters related to media
Displays the total amount of cumulative print area of the other media type than the above-mentioned
T-7-16
Display
TTL
Description
Unit
m2
Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet (metric)
Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet (inch)
Cumulative print area of roll media (metric)
TTL
Sq.f
m2
ROLL
ROLL
Cumulative print area of roll media (inch)
Sq.f
m2
CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet (metric)
7-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 7
Display
Description
Unit
CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet (inch)
Sq.f
12) MEDIASIZE1 ROLL: Counters related to roll media printing
T-7-17
Display
Description
Unit
P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ -17
Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 44 inches but less than 60 inches (physical size)
Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 36 inches but less than 44 inches (physical size)
Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches (physical size)
Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches (physical size)
Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches (physical size)
m2/Sq.f
m2/Sq.f
m2/Sq.f
m2/Sq.f
m2/Sq.f
sheets
P-CNT 44-60
P-CNT 36-44
P-CNT 24-36
P-CNT 17-24
P-CNT -17
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 44 inches but less than 60 inches (physical size)
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 36 inches but less than 44 inches (physical size)
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches (physical size)
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches (physical size)
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper less than 17 inches (physical size)
sheets
sheets
sheets
sheets
13) MEDIASIZE2 ROLL: Counters related to roll media printing
T-7-18
Display
Description
Unit
D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ -17
Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 44 inches but less than 60 inches (data size)
Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 36 inches but less than 44 inches (data size)
Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches (data size)
Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches (data size)
Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches (data size)
m2/Sq.f
m2/Sq.f
m2/Sq.f
m2/Sq.f
m2/Sq.f
sheets
D-CNT 44-60
D-CNT 36-44
D-CNT 24-36
D-CNT 17-24
D-CNT -17
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 44 inches but less than 60 inches (data size)
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 36 inches but less than 44 inches (data size)
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches (data size)
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches (data size)
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper less than 17 inches (data size)
sheets
sheets
sheets
sheets
14) MEDIASIZE1 CUT: Counters related to cut sheet printing
T-7-19
Display
Description
Unit
P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ -17
Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 44 inches but less than 60 inches (physical size)
Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 36 inches but less than 44 inches (physical size)
Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches (physical size)
Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches (physical size)
Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches (physical size)
m2/Sq.f
m2/Sq.f
m2/Sq.f
m2/Sq.f
m2/Sq.f
sheets
P-CNT 44-60
P-CNT 36-44
P-CNT 24-36
P-CNT 17-24
P-CNT -17
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 44 inches but less than 60 inches (physical size)
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 36 inches but less than 44 inches (physical size)
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches (physical size)
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches (physical size)
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper less than 17 inches (physical size)
sheets
sheets
sheets
sheets
15) MEDIASIZE2 CUT: Counters related to cut sheet printing
T-7-20
Display
Description
Unit
D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ -17
Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 44 inches but less than 60 inches (data size)
Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 36 inches but less than 44 inches (data size)
Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches (data size)
Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches (data size)
Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches (data size)
m2/Sq.f
m2/Sq.f
m2/Sq.f
m2/Sq.f
m2/Sq.f
sheets
D-CNT 44-60
D-CNT 36-44
D-CNT 24-36
D-CNT 17-24
D-CNT -17
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 44 inches but less than 60 inches (data size)
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 36 inches but less than 44 inches (data size)
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 24 inches but less than 36 inches (data size)
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 17 inches but less than 24 inches (data size)
Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper less than 17 inches (data size)
sheets
sheets
sheets
sheets
16) HEAD DOT CNT.1: Counter related to dot count
T-7-21
Display
Description
Unit
XX
XX: Ink color
(x 1,000,000) dots
Dot counts of each colors of the currently installed printhead
TTL
Total dot counts of each colors of the currently installed printhead
(x 1,000,000) dots
17) HEAD DOT CNT.2: Counter related to dot count
7-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 7
T-7-22
Display
Description
Unit
XX
XX: Ink color
(x 1,000,000) dots
Cumulative dot counts of each colors
TTL
Total cumulative dot counts of each colors
(x 1,000,000) dots
18) PARTS CNT. : Counter related to consumable parts
T-7-23
Display
Description
Unit
Day(s)
COUNTER x
x: A to V
(For detail, refer to "Maintenance and Inspection" > "Consumable Parts")
Display the status and the days passed since the counter resetting.
- Status
OK: Use rate (until part replacement) of all consumable parts included in each unit are below 90%.
W1: Use rate (until part replacement) of either of the consumable parts included in each unit has reached 90% or
more.
W2: Use rate (until part replacement) of either of the consumable parts included in each unit has reached 100%, but
no need to stop the printer.
E : Use rate (until part replacement) of either of the consumable parts included in each unit has reached 100%, and
the printer needs to be stopped.
PARTS yy
1: yy: A to V1
(For detail, refer to "Maintenance and Inspection" > "Consumable Parts")
Counter of the consumable part (current)
2: Life of the consumable part
3: Use rate until part replacement
%
4: Counter of the consumable part (accumulate)
e) SETTING
Make various settings.
1) Pth
Turn on or off the head pulse rank control function.
Default: OFF
2) RTC
Set RTC (real time clock) after replacing the lithium battery on the main controller PCB.
T-7-24
Display
DATE
TIME
Description
Set date
yyyy/mm/dd
hh:mm
Set time
f) INITIALIZE
Clear the [DISPLAY] histories, [ADJUST] settings, [COUNTER] values, and other parameters.
T-7-25
Display
Description
WARNING
Initialize the history of WARNING.
(All displayed contents of [DISPLAY] > [WARNING] will be initialized.)
ERROR
Initialize the history of ERROR.
(All displayed contents of [DISPLAY] > [ERROR] will be initialized.)
ADJUST
Initialize the value of band adjustment (by user) and head adjustment.
The automatically adjusted value will not be initialized.
W-INK
Initialize the remaining capacity (%) of the maitenance cartridge.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [PRINTER] > [W-INK])
CARRIAGE
PURGE
Initialize the cumulative time of carriage driving.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [CARRIAGE] > [DRIVE])
Initialize the counter related to purge unit.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [PURGE])
INK-USE CNT
CUTTER-CHG CNT
Initialize the consumption amount of ink.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [INK-USE2], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR] > [CLR-INK CONSUME])
Initialize the cutter unit replacement frequency.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [CUTTER EXC.], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR] > [CLR-CUTTER
EXC.])
W-INK-CHG CNT
HEAD-CHG R CNT
HEAD-CHG L CNT
PARTS-CHG CNT
Initialize the maintenance cartridge replacement frequency.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [MTC EXC.], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR] > [CLR-MTC EXC.])
Initialize the printhead R replacement frequency.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [HEAD R EXC.], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR] > [CLR-HEAD R EXC.])
Initialize the printhead L replacement frequency.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [HEAD L EXC.], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR] > [CLR-HEAD L EXC.])
PARTS xx
xx: A to V1
(For details, refer to "Maintenance and Inspection" > "Consumable Parts")
Initialize the consumable part replacement frequency.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [UNIT x EXC], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR] > [CLR-UNIT x EXC.])
7-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 7
Display
PARTS COUNTER PARTS xx
Description
xx: A to V1
(For details, refer to "Maintenance and Inspection" > "Consumable Parts")
Initialize the counter amount of the consumable parts.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [PARTS CNT.] > [COUNTER x])
* After replacing the consumable part, be sure to execute this menu.
7.2 Special Mode
7.2.1 Special Modes for Servicing
0013-9804
This printer supports the following special modes in addition to the service mode:
- PCB replacement mode
- Download mode
1. PCB replacement mode
This mode is used when replacing the main controller PCB or maintenance cartridge relay PCB.
By executing this mode,
- Backup data of the settings and counter values stored in the maintenance cartridge relay PCB are moved to the new main controller PCB.
- The data such as the settings and counter values are copied to the maintenance cartridge relay PCB.
a) Entering the PCB replacement mode
Follow the same procedure as that for entering the service mode.
(With the "Paper Source" button and "Information" button pressed down, turn on the printer.)
When the printer starts up, compare the serial number memorized in the main PCB's EEPROM with that memorized in the maintenance cartridge relay PCB's EEP-
ROM. If they do not match, or no serial number is memorized in either EEPROM, enter the PCB replacement mode.
While you are in the PCB replacement mode, the MESSAGE LED, roll media LED, and ONLINE LED are lit.
b) Procedure
Select "CPU BOARD" or "MC BOARD" using the [ ] and [ ] buttons, and then press the [OK] button to determine it.
- CPU BOARD
Select this after replacing the main controller PCB.
The data in the maintenance cartridge relay PCB is copied to the main controller PCB.
- MC BOARD
Select this before replacing the main controller PCB.
The data in the main PCB is copied to the maintenance cartridge relay PCB.
Use this when the maintenance cartridge relay PCB is a new one.
c) Exiting the PCB replacement mode
Turning off the Power button of the printer allows you to exit the PCB replacement mode.
For details on how to replace the PCB, see "Parts Replacement Procedure" > "Disassembly/Reassembly" > "Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly" >
"PCBs".
2. Download mode
Use this mode only when updating the firmware without performing initialization.
a) Entering the download mode
1) Turn off the printer.
2) With the "Stop" and "Information" buttons pressed down, turn on the printer.
b) Procedure
When "Download Mode/Send Firmware" is shown on the display, transfer the firmware.
When downloading of the firmware is completed, the printer will be turned off automatically.
7-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Contents
8.2.1 Warnings...................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 8
8.1 Outline
8.1.1 Outline
0014-9474
The printer indicates errors using the display and LEDs.
If an error occurs during printing, the printer status is also displayed on the status monitor of the printer driver.
The following three types of errors are displayed on the display:
- Warning
Status where the print operation can be continued without remedying the cause of the problem. This can, however, adversely affect the printing results.
- Error
Status where the print operation is stopped, and the regular operation cannot be recovered until the cause of the problem is remedied.
- Service call error
When a service call error occurs, the error is not cleared and the error indication remains on the operation panel even if the printer is powered off and on again.
(Occurrence of the service call error is indicated again at power-on.)
This measure is taken to prevent user's recovery of the service call error and damages to the printer.
Service call errors can be cleared, however, by starting up the printer in the service mode.
For how to take actions against warnings and errors, refer to "Troubleshooting".
Overview of warnings and error codes
The codes of warnings and errors are shown below acording to the system.
T-8-1
Code
Diagnosis
0181xxxx-xxxx
0180xxxx-xxxx
0184xxxx-xxxx
0134xxxx-xxxx
0303xxxx-xxxx
Ink warning
Printhead warning
Maintenance cartridge warning
GARO warning
Cover error
0301xxxx-xxxx
0306xxxx-xxxx
0386xxxx-xxxx
Media error
0313xxxx-xxxx
0380xxxx-xxxx
Sensors, fans, motors error
Printhead error
0381xxxx-xxxx
0383xxxx-xxxx
Ink error
0384xxxx-xxxx
0387xxxx-xxxx
0389xxxx-xxxx
0390xxxx-xxxx
Exxx-xxxx
Maintenance cartridge error
Cutter unit error
Media take-up unit error
Firmware error
Service call error
* "x" stands for a numeric or letter.
8.2 Warning Table
8.2.1 Warnings
0014-9408
The codes correspond to the numbers shown on the DIPLAY in the service mode.
T-8-2
Code
Display massage
Status
01810104-1000
01810101-1001
01810102-1002
01810103-1003
01810112-1004
01810113-1005
01810106-1006
01810105-1008
01810115-1009
01810107-100A
01810109-100B
01810108-100C
01841001-281A
01810304-1400
01810301-1401
01810302-1402
01810303-1403
01810312-1404
01810313-1405
01810306-1406
01810305-1408
01810315-1409
01810307-140A
Ink Lv1: Chk
BK ink tank is almost empty
Y ink tank is almost empty
M ink tank is almost empty
C ink tank is almost empty
PM ink tank is almost empty
PC ink tank is almost empty
MBK ink tank is almost empty
GY ink tank is almost empty
PGY ink tank is almost empty
R ink tank is almost empty
B ink tank is almost empty
G ink tank is almost empty
Maintenance cartridge is almost full
BK ink tank is empty
Ink Lv1: Chk
Ink Lv1: Chk
Ink Lv1: Chk
Ink Lv1: Chk
Ink Lv1: Chk
Ink Lv1: Chk
Ink Lv1: Chk
Ink Lv1: Chk
Ink Lv1: Chk
Ink Lv1: Chk
Ink Lv1: Chk
Check maint cartridge capacity.
Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank.
Y ink tank is empty
M ink tank is empty
C ink tank is empty
PM ink tank is empty
PC ink tank is empty
MBK ink tank is empty
GY ink tank is empty
PGY ink tank is empty
R ink tank is empty
8-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 8
Code
Display massage
Status
01810309-140B
01810308-140C
01810104-1410
01810101-1411
01810102-1412
01810103-1413
01810112-1414
01810113-1415
01810106-1416
01810105-1418
01810115-1419
01810107-141A
01810109-141B
01810108-141C
01031101-
Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank.
Close Ink Tank Cover
B ink tank is empty
G ink tank is empty
BK ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
Y ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
M ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
C ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
PM ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
PC ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
MBK ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
GY ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
PGY ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
R ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
B ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
G ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
Ink tank cover is opened (when printing)
Unsupported command in GARO image mode
Invalid number of parameters in GARO image mode (no parameter)
Required item was omitted in GARO image mode
Other warning in GARO image mode
Unsupported command in GARO setting mode
Invalid number of parameters in GARO setting mode
Reauired item was omitted in GARO setting mode
Data out of range in GARO image mode
Other warning in GARO setting mode
Force feed limit
01341221-1030
01341222-1031
01341223-1032
01341225-1034
01341231-1035
01341232-1036
01341233-1037
01341234-1038
01341235-1039
00000000-100F
01800500-1012
01800500-1013
01060000-
GARO W1221
GARO W1222
GARO W1223
GARO W1225
GARO W1231
GARO W1232
GARO W1233
GARO W1234
GARO W1235
Feed Limit..
Check printed document.
Printhead R not discharging
Printhead L not discharging
Paper Size Wrong
Media size missmatch
01061000-1021
Paper Type Wrong
Media type missmatch
Prepare for parts replacement. Call for service.
Parts replacement time has passed. Call for service.
Parts counter warning level 1 (W1)
Parts counter warning level 2 (W2)
8.3 Error Table
8.3.1 Errors
0014-9440
The codes correspond to the numbers shown on the DISPLAY in the service mode.
T-8-3
Code
Status
03010000-200A
03010000-200B
03010000-200C
03010000-200D
03010000-200E
03010000-200F
03010000-2016
03010000-2017
03010000-2018
03010000-2820
03010000-2821
03010000-2822
03010000-2823
03010000-2824
03010000-2E18
Media width detection error
Media set position error
Media leading edge not detected
Cut sheet end cannot be detected
Media too small
Media too large
Media became misaligned during feeding
Media right edge not detected
Media left edge not detected
Head resistration improper adjustment
LF improper adjustment
Eccentricity improper adjustment
Printhead check error
Optical axis error
Media feeding failure
03010000-2E19
03010000-2E1A
03010000-2E1D
Feed error
03010000-2E1C
03010000-2E1F
03010000-2E27
03010000-2F33
03016000-2010
03130000-2E21
03030000-2F29
03031000-2E0F
03031000-2E11
03031000-2E12
Ejection error
Media is too small to print adjustment pattern
Media became misaligned during printing
Transparent media was loaded and cannot adjust
Media skewed
IEEE error
Feed motor time out
Upper cover open error
Carriage cover open error
Release lever error
8-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 8
Code
Status
03031000-2F38
03031000-2F39
03031101-2E10
03060000-2E14
03060000-2E16
03060000-2E20
03060100-2E02
03060A00-2E08
03060A00-2E00
03060A00-2E1B
03061000-2E15
03130031-260E
03130031-260F
03130031-2618
03130031-2F11
03130031-2F12
03130031-2F13
03130031-2F14
03130031-2F16
03130031-2F17
03130031-2F1F
03130031-2F20
03130031-2F22
03130031-2F23
03130031-2F25
03130031-2F26
03130031-2F27
03130031-2F2A
03130031-2F2B
03130031-2F2E
03130031-2F32
03130031-2F3A
03130031-2F28
03130031-2F36
03130031-2F37
03800101-2800
03800102-2808
03800201-2802
03800201-2804
03800201-2812
03800202-2807
03800202-280A
03800202-2813
03800301-2801
03800302-2809
03800401-2803
03800402-280B
03800500-2F2F
03800500-2F30
03800500-2F31
03800501-280D
03800502-280E
03810104-2500
03810101-2501
03810102-2502
03810103-2503
03810112-2504
03810113-2505
03810106-2506
03810105-2508
03810115-2509
03810107-250A
03810109-250B
03810108-250C
03810204-2580
03810201-2581
Upper cover abnormaly open
Carriage cover abnormaly open
Ink tank cover error
Media size mismatch
Media type mismatch
Media type mismatch when printing adjusting patternes
No cut sheet loaded when cut sheet is required
Media width mismatch
Roll media was not loaded even though the received data indicated roll media.
End of roll media
Media type mismatch
Gap detection error
Gap reference surface error (not generated in the user mode.)
VH voltage error
Carriage unit error
Feed unit error
A/D converter outside trigger output stop
ASIC register writing error
Mist fan error
Platen fan error
Purge motor HP error
Purge motor error
Pump movement timeout
Pump cannot operate
Unable to detect CR motor HP
Carriage motor driving error
Carriage motor timeout
Feed roller HP sensor error
Feed motor driving error
Roll media drive time out
Multi sensor faulty
Valve motor error
Lift motor time out
EEPROM error
linear scale error
Printhead R not installed
Printhead L not installed
Improper printhead R installed
Printhead R installed to left side
Printhead R version mismatch
Printhead L installed to right side
Improper printhead L installed
Printhead L version mismatch
Printhead R DI correction failure
Printhead L DI correction failure
Printhead R EEPROM error
Printhead L EEPROM error
Head management sensor error
Head management sensor position adjustment error
Head management sensor light-emission level error
Many non-discharging nozzles on printhead R
Many non-discharging nozzles on printhead L
No ink (BK)
No ink (Y)
No ink (M)
No ink (C)
No ink (PM)
No ink (PC)
No ink (MBK)
No ink (GY)
No ink (PGY)
No ink (R)
No ink (B)
No ink (G)
Remaining ink low (BK)
Remaining ink low (Y)
8-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 8
Code
Status
03810202-2582
03810203-2583
03810212-2584
03810213-2585
03810206-2586
03810205-2588
03810215-2589
03810207-258A
03810209-258B
03810208-258C
03810204-2590
03810201-2591
03810202-2592
03810203-2593
03810212-2594
03810213-2595
03810206-2596
03810205-2598
03810215-2599
03810207-259A
03810209-259B
03810208-259C
03830104-2510
03830101-2511
03830102-2512
03830103-2513
03830112-2514
03830113-2515
03830106-2516
03830105-2518
03830115-2519
03830107-251A
03830109-251B
03830108-251C
03830104-2520
03830101-2521
03830102-2522
03830103-2523
03830112-2524
03830113-2525
03830106-2526
03830105-2528
03830115-2529
03830107-252A
03830109-252B
03830108-252C
03830204-2540
03830201-2541
03830202-2542
03830203-2543
03830212-2544
03830213-2545
03830206-2546
03830205-2548
03830215-2549
03830207-254A
03830209-254B
03830208-254C
03830304-2560
03830301-2561
03830302-2562
03830303-2563
03830312-2564
03830313-2565
03830306-2566
03830305-2568
Remaining ink low (M)
Remaining ink low (C)
Remaining ink low (PM)
Remaining ink low (PC)
Remaining ink low (MBK)
Remaining ink low (GY)
Remaining ink low (PGY)
Remaining ink low (R)
Remaining ink low (B)
Remaining ink low (G)
Remaining ink low (BK)
Remaining ink low (Y)
Remaining ink low (M)
Remaining ink low (C)
Remaining ink low (PM)
Remaining ink low (PC)
Remaining ink low (MBK)
Remaining ink low (GY)
Remaining ink low (PGY)
Remaining ink low (R)
Remaining ink low (B)
Remaining ink low (G)
Ink tank status not detected (BK)
Ink tank status not detected (Y)
Ink tank status not detected (M)
Ink tank status not detected (C)
Ink tank status not detected (PM)
Ink tank status not detected (PC)
Ink tank status not detected (MBK)
Ink tank status not detected (GY)
Ink tank status not detected (PGY)
Ink tank status not detected (R)
Ink tank status not detected (B)
Ink tank status not detected (G)
Ink tank not installed (BK)
Ink tank not installed (Y)
Ink tank not installed (M)
Ink tank not installed (C)
Ink tank not installed (PM)
Ink tank not installed (PC)
Ink tank not installed (MBK)
Ink tank not installed (GY)
Ink tank not installed (PGY)
Ink tank not installed (R)
Ink tank not installed (B)
Ink tank not installed (G)
Ink tank ID error (BK)
Ink tank ID error (Y)
Ink tank ID error (M)
Ink tank ID error (C)
Ink tank ID error (PM)
Ink tank ID error (PC)
Ink tank ID error (MBK)
Ink tank ID error (GY)
Ink tank ID error (PGY)
Ink tank ID error (R)
Ink tank ID error (B)
Ink tank ID error (G)
Ink tank EEPROM error (BK)
Ink tank EEPROM error (Y)
Ink tank EEPROM error (M)
Ink tank EEPROM error (C)
Ink tank EEPROM error (PM)
Ink tank EEPROM error (PC)
Ink tank EEPROM error (MBK)
Ink tank EEPROM error (GY)
8-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 8
Code
Status
03830315-2569
03830307-256A
03830309-256B
03830308-256C
03830304-2570
03830301-2571
03830302-2572
03830303-2573
03830312-2574
03830313-2575
03830306-2576
03830305-2578
03830315-2579
03830307-257A
03830309-257B
03830308-257C
03841001-2819
03841101-2818
03841201-2816
03841201-2817
03841001-281B
03860002-2E0A
03860002-2E0C
03861001-2405
03861001-2406
03862000-2E09
03870001-2015
03890000-2920
03890000-2921
03900001-4042
03900001-4049
E194-4034
Ink tank EEPROM error (PGY)
Ink tank EEPROM error (R)
Ink tank EEPROM error (B)
Ink tank EEPROM error (G)
Remaining ink low (BK)
Remaining ink low (Y)
Remaining ink low (M)
Remaining ink low (C)
Remaining ink low (PM)
Remaining ink low (PC)
Remaining ink low (MBK)
Remaining ink low (GY)
Remaining ink low (PGY)
Remaining ink low (R)
Remaining ink low (B)
Remaining ink low (G)
Maintenance cartridge tank full
Maintenance cartridge not installed
Maintenance cartridge EEPROM error
Maintenance cartridge ID error
Empty capacity of the maintenance cartridge when cleaning it various is insufficient.
Manually fed cut sheet was already loaded even though received data indicated roll media
When the roll paper was loaded, the data of the cut sheet specification was received.
Media set position unsuitable for borderless printing
Received data unsuitable for borderless printing
Roll paper running out
Cutting failure
Cannot take up media
Taking up media not stopping
MIT data transfer failure
Forwarding ROM data machine kind difference
Sensor calibration error
8.4 Sevice Call Table
8.4.1 Service call errors
0014-9442
Codes correspond to the numbers shown on the DIPLAY in the service mode.
T-8-4
Code
Description
Display message
E141-4046
E144-4047
E146-4001
E194-404A
E161-403E
E161-403F
E196-4040
E196-4041
E196-4042
E196-4045
E196-4049
E196-4042
E198-401C
E198-401D
E198-401E
E199-404B
Recovery system rotation count full
Feed system counting error
Waste ink count full
ERROR Exxx-xxxx
Call For Service
No ink ejection counting error
Abnormally high temperature: printhead R
Abnormally high temperature: printhead L
Checksum error
Flash memory clearing error
Flash memory write error
Engine EEPROM write error
Transfer ROM data type error
MIT Data transfer error
RTC error
RTC low battery error
RTC clock stopped
Humidity sensor unpluged
8-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Oct 3 2006
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|
